RiggersPDF 200406 PDF

This Riggers Handbook is dedicated to Theodore C. Hanes, the founder of Hanes Supply. Ted left us on August 11, 1997.
We Know it is appropriate that the history of Hanes Supply should be told by Ted. His hard work, common sense and dedication enabled Hanes Supply to move forward into the next millennium.
"It all started when Tex McLaughlin taught me how to splice cable in order to obtain my Federal A and E Aircraft Mechanics License #8867 on May 1, 1930. After leaving American Airways August 20, 1936 to become a Professional Firefighter, I soon learned that splicing cable for local contractor friends like Herb Darling and Howard Stimm put extra bread on the table. Soon we had to take operations into larger quarters at 23 Poplar Avenue. In 1962 we moved to the warehouse at 1294 Seneca Street, giving us the space for a larger Sling Shop and also the ability to be an Allied Products Supply House with more products and quicker, better service. Our new 55,000 square feet warehouse at 55 James E. Casey Drive enables us to stock even more products to better service our customers. The increasing number of Hanes Supply customers in Central New York State convinced us to open our new Rochester Warehouse. Hanes Supply is committed to making the moves to give the best possible service to all of our customers. On October 1, 1975 I retired as a Battalion Chief from the Buffalo Fire Department enabling me to devote more time to the company until my son Bill could take the wheel. Bill graduated in June 1980 as a Civil Engineer from the State University at Buffalo and is now President of Hanes Supply, Inc. Having been around watching Dad since he was 9 years old, he thoroughly knows the wire rope business. In association with his friends Dennis St. Germain and Jim Boyco, Bill and the Hanes Supply Crew have learned many modern improvements in sling productions. Many thanks to our hard working staff led by our Operations Manager and son-in-law Dave Learn, Retired Office Manager Hermine Bruno, my other son Ted Hanes, II and my late wife Nellie C. Hanes who have all been very valuable assets to our business." Ted Hanes, 1996
Ted had many other accomplishments including being a Buffalo Firefighter for 39 years, retiring as Battalion Chief in 1975. During WWII, Ted served in the Coast Guard Reserve. Ted was Commodore of the Buffalo Yacht Club in 1957 and Master of his Masonic Lodge in 1950. Ted and Nellie had five children in the 1950s. When most couples would be thinking of retirement, they were busy providing the best home and education for their children. Work was never a four letter word to Ted. Long days and nights of working at Hanes Marine and Cable and the Buffalo Fire Department were common. He spent countless hours making slings by walking around the riggers vise. His strength and determination built Hanes Supply into what it is today. He also had the strength to pass the company to the next generation. Your memory and leadership will never leave us. Special thanks to a great man who we are proud to have had as our father. God bless you. Thank you, Bill Hanes / Dave Learn / Ted Hanes II
Table of Contents
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
FACILITIES for tension and cycling of wire rope, chain, nylon, high-performance fiber slings, and related items including spreader beams and other types of rigging gear.
Specifications: 225' clear test bed with complete length adjustment to suit any test item. Capacity: 225 ton maximum pull test and 200 ton maximum break test. Now available up to 3 Million pounds. Ram Stroke: 8' Ram Gauges: Digital readout
HANES SUPPLY HAS COMPLETE TESTING
Holding Load: Up to 225 tons can be held in tension for an indefinite period which can be predetermined by the customer. Calibration: In accordance with ASTM E4-94 + / -1%, and complies to MIL-STD-45662A and traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Recalibrated each 12 months or as otherwise deemed necessary.
Hanes Supply Test Bed
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aircraft Cable ...............................................123 Adjustable Slings ..............................3,11-12,46 Angles...................................................133-134 Blocks, General ....................................136-138 Blocks, Snatch .............................................121 Boom Pendants ...........................................120 Boom Pendant Fittings .........................104-107 Bridles, Chain .................................43,45,48-49 Bridles,Twin-Path ................................3-4,9,11 Bridles, Wire Rope ...................................38-41 Buttons, Swage ...........................................108 Cable-Laid Wire Rope Slings ........................35 Chain .............................................................41 Chain Hoist, Hand (manual).....................60-62 Chain Hoist, Electric (power) .........................63 Chain Hooks ..................................................94 Chain Load Binders .......................................50 Chain Saddle Rings....................................5,46 Chain Slings .............................................42-49 Chain Slings, Inspection ................................44 Clamps, Lifting (Plate)...........................116-117 Clevises .........................................................92 Clips, Wire Rope .....................................78-79 Common Conversions Chart .......................141 Crane Hand Signals (USA Std.) ..................144 Crane Scales ............................................74-75 Definitions.............................................139-140 Dynamometers .........................................74-75
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Environmental Considerations ............18-20,56 Eye Bolts...............................................109-113 Eye Hooks ................................................90-91 Fiber Characteristics.................................20,73 Fittings ...........................................................41 G-LinksTM ....................................................4,15 Gator-Flex Grommets .............................31-32 Gator-Flex Slings, Wire Rope..............5,29-30 Gator-Laid Slings, Wire Rope..............5,27-28 Gator-Max Slings, Wire Rope...................5,27 General Information..............................133-144 Griphoist Electronic Weight Instruments .......75 Grommets, Wire Rope.........................31-32,36 Hand Spliced, Wire Rope Slings ...................33 Hilman Rollers ...............................................76 Hoist, Hand (manual) Chain.....................60-62 Hoist, Electric (power) Chain .........................63 Hoist Rings............................................114-115 Hooks, Chain .................................................94 Hooks, Eye ...............................................90-91 Hooks, Hoist .............................................87-91 Hooks, Replacement .....................................93 Hooks, Shank ...........................................88-89 Hooks, Sliding Choker ...................................93 Hooks, Sling .............................................87-91 Hooks, Snap ..................................................93 Hooks, Sorting ...............................................93 Hooks, Swivel ..................................93,118-119
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206
www.hanessupply.com
Table of Contents
Hooks, Synthetic Sling...................................86 K-Spec Core Yarn .............................7,9-11,20 Lifting Beams .................................................77 Lifting Clamps .......................................116-117 Lifting Enginering...........................133-134,142 Links, Master Oblong.....................................80 Load Binders, Chain.................................50-52 Load Binders, Web...................................58-59 Master Link ....................................................80 Mechanical Splice Flemish Eye Slings ..........34 Metric Conversion........................................141 MSI Electronic Weight Instruments ...............74 Nylon Slings .............................................53-57 Polyester Slings ..................................3,8,11,22 Ratchet Assembly, Polyester....................58-59 Rings ................................................80,114-115 Rope Slings, Manila.......................................66 Rope Slings, Synthetic ............................66-67 Rope Specifications ............................20,68,73 Round Slings, Endless Polyester Single Path..22 Shackles ...................................................81-85 Shank Hooks ............................................88-89 Sling Connector ..........................................4,15 Slings, Chain ............................................42-49 Slings, Nylon ............................................53-57 Slings, Polyester Single Path Endless Round ..22 Slings, Twin-Path Sparkeater....................4,13 Slings, Tri-Flex..................................4-5,23-26 Slings, Twin-Path .....................3-4,6-13,16-21 Slings, Wire Mesh.....................................64,65 Slings, Wire Rope ..............................4-5,23-41 Sling Guard Protectors ...............................4,14 Snatch Blocks ..............................................121 Sockets, Spelter ............................104-105,108 Sockets, Swage.............................106-108,120 Sockets, Wedge .......................................95-96 Spreader Beams............................................77 Swivels ..................................................118,119 Synthetic Armor Wear Pads .......................4,14 Synthetic Sling Saver Shackles.....................85 T&D Ultra Flex Wire Rope Slings ..................30 Tension Measurement ..............................74-75 Thimbles ...............................................102-103
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Tri-Flex Slings...................................4-5,23-26 Tri-Flex Wire Rope.........................................4 Turnbuckles ...........................................97-101 Twin Flex Wire Rope Slings..................31-32 Twin-Path Bridles ..............................3,9,11-12 Twin-Path Chemical Considerations ......18-20 Twin-Path Covermax Slings ......................3,8 Twin-Path Extra Covermax Slings ..............3,7 Twin-Path Extra Slings................................3,7 Twin-Path Eye and Eye Slings .................3,10 Twin-Path Inspection .............................4,8,21 Twin-Path Mechanical Operation ...........17-18 Twin-Path Optical Tell-Tail......................4,8,21 Twin Path Slings ......................3-4,6-13,16-21 Twin-Path Sparkeater Slings.....................4,13 Utility Rope, Synthetic .........................20,69-73 Wear Pads, Synthetic Armor ......................4,14 Web Slings, Nylon ....................................53-57 Web Sling Chemical Properties.....................56 Web Sling Inspection.....................................57 Web Sling Load Binders...........................58-59 Web Sling, Mechanical Considerations.... .....55 Wedge Sockets ........................................95-96 Weights of Material ......................................143 Winch Lines, Synthetic .............................69-73 Wire Mesh Slings .....................................64-65 Wire Rope .....................................122-132,135 Wire Rope Abuse .................................128-129 Wire Rope Breaking Strength...............124,130 Wire Rope Clips........................................78,79 Wire Rope Cross Sections ..........................125 Wire Rope, Aircraft Cable ............................123 Wire Rope, General.......................130-131,135 Wire Rope, High Performance ....................123 Wire Rope Inspection ...........................126-127 Wire Rope Rotation Resistant .....................122 Wire Rope Slings ...............................4-5,23-41 Wire Rope, 6x19 Classification ...................124 Wire Rope, 6x36 Classification ...................124 Wire Rope Slings, Bridles ........................38-41 Wire Rope Slings, Cable-Laid Grommet .......36 Wire Rope Slings, Strand-Laid Grommet ......37 Wire Rope Thimbles.............................102-103
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
Innovative Lifting Solutions

anes Supply specializes in lifting solutions for a wide variety of applications. As a manufacturer of Slingmax slings we are proud to provide riggers with innovative products that increase productivity and safetyi The following product inventions provide benefits that make a rigger's work easier, safer or more cost effective.
TWIN-PATH POLYESTER SLINGS WITH COVERMAX

US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458
TWIN-PATH EXTRA SLINGS WITH COVERMAX AND K-SPEC CORE YARN

US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458
TPC slings are made in capacities up to 60,000 lbs. vertical. They have the abrasion resistant Covermax cover with a polyester inner cover over polyester fiber cores. Complete with overload tell-tails and are repairable. Like all Twin-Path slings, they can be fitted with fiber optics for inspection. These slings have up to 3% stretch at rated capacity. See page 8.
TPXC The best synthetic sling. Made with K-Spec high performance fibers and a bulked nylon outer cover (Covermax) that is very abrasion resistant. For vertical rated capacities up to 300,000 lbs. This sling features overload tell-tails, fiber optic inspection system, red inner cover, and are used worldwide in place of chain and wire rope slings for heavy lifts. They are also repairable. The Twin-Path patented design provides the rigger with redundant protection in the event that one path is cut. These slings have 1% stretch at rated capacity and are made in matched lengths. If head room is critical, then these are the slings for the job. Conforms to ASME B30.9 Chapter six and US Navy NAVFAC P-307 Section 14. Developed by a team of professional riggers to overcome shortfalls found in single path roundslings. See page 7.
TWIN-PATH POLYESTER SLINGS

US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458
TP slings are the same as the TPC slings except their outer covers are polyester and less abrasion resistant than Covermax. See page 8.
TWIN-PATH TWO LEG BRIDLES

US Patent #5,727,833 & 4,850,629
TWIN-PATH EXTRA SLINGS WITH K-SPEC

US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458
TPX Same as the slings above, but they have polyester outer covers which are less abrasion resistant than the Covermax. Complete with overload tell-tails, fiber optic inspection system, red inner cover, orange outer cover, and are repairable. These slings have 1% stretch at rated capacity and are made in matched lengths. If you are interested in safety, ergonomics, increased productivity and saving money, then this is the product. See page 7.
TL Simply the lightest and strongest synthetic bridles in the world today. Replaces existing chain and wire rope bridles. The Twin-Path synthetic bridle with K-Spec core yarn is less than half the weight of any steel assembly and is the ergonomic bridle of the future, here today. The loop at the top goes on the crane hook and there is no heavy steel ring to deal with. If you need a four leg bridle, just use two Twin-Path Two Leg bridles. Capacities to 200,000 lbs. See page 9.
TWIN-PATH EYE & EYE SYNTHETIC SLING

US Patent #5,727,833 & 4,850,629
EE This product is made to be an eye and eye sling only, with all of the Twin-Path features. This sling is light, strong and less expensive than a round sling with a sleeve. It can be manufactured using either K-Spec core yarn or polyester. See page 10.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com

TWIN-PATH ADJUSTABLE BRIDLE SLING

US Patent #4,850,629 & #5,651,573
SYNTHETIC ARMOR WEAR PADS For extra protection for synthetic, wire rope, and chain slings, we have available an assortment of materials that we incorporate in our Synthetic Armor Wear Pads. These are primarily for abrasion or wear protection but can be used for cut protection in many cases. Not only will these wear pads keep the load from damaging the slings, but they will also protect the load from being scratched by the slings. See page 14.
TPXA or TPA This tool is an aid to finding the center of gravity when lifting objects with uneven geometric proportions or offcenter balance points. When the load is lifted, the ring moves over the COG to balance and level the object. The TwinPath may be permanently attached to the ring, or use a G-Link for the connection. See page 11. SPARKEATER SYNTHETIC SLINGS
US Patent #4,850,629
G-LINK CONNECTORS
US Patent #5,651,573 & Patents Pending
SE For hot environments up to 300F, the Sparkeater lifts the load without marring the surface of the lifted piece. Excellent for stage rigging, this product offers protection from exposure to fire, heat, sparks and pyrotechnics. Made from Nomex for the cover and Aramid high performance core yarns. Rated capacities of 2,000 lbs. to 30,000 lbs. Fire exposure testing was performed by London Scientific and the product was identified as being as good as wire rope or chain for use in off shore applications in the oil industry. See page 13.
This is the only universal coupler designed to fulfill all the needs of riggers in the field! You can use it on TwinPath, Web and Single Path Round Slings for attaching hooks, rings, two slings together, as a sliding choker connection, as an adjustable sling, or as a choke lock connection. No parts, bolts, nuts, cotters, pins, or anything to look for. The G-Link connector keeps hardware such as hooks or rings in the same plane as the sling. See page 15. TRI-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLING
FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION OPTION

FO All of the Twin-Path slings have the Fiber Optic inspection system. The fiber optic cable will conduct light using natural, overhead or flashlight sources. The condition of the internal core yarn can be inspected by checking the continuity of the fiber optic cable. If heat, chemicals, crushing or cutting has occurred, the damage to the fiber optic cable will destroy its ability to transmit light from one end to the other. This gives the inspector a reason to remove the sling from service and send it for repair evaluation. See page 8. CORNERMAX
This is a three-part wire rope sling developed for strength combined with greater flexibility. Replaces large diameter single-part wire rope slings which are awkward and stiff. Tri-Flex Slings are manufactured in sizes from 1 ton to 150 ton capacity. Steel erectors, millwrights and riggers use Tri-Flex slings for everything from steel erection and machinery moving to heavy lifts of 200 tons or more. These slings are made in matching lengths. See page 24.
TRI-FLEX WIRE ROPE

The Cornermax cut protection device prevents a sharp edge on the load from touching the sling. In fact, the sharp edge doesn't even touch the Cornermax protector! This protector will handle the most extreme circumstances lifting steel and concrete. See page 14.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Tri-Flex Wire Rope is a three-part wire rope made in lengths up to 200' installed on winches for barges, tugs and car pullers. It wraps snugly around the winch hub because it has greater flexibility than standard wire rope. Order by specifying rated capacity or finished diameter, and required end attachment.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com

TRI-FLEX SLING SYSTEM

US Patent #4,240,659 CN Patent #1,082,755 British Patent #2,029,796
T & D ULTRA-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLING

This product is a combination of three Tri-Flex Wire Rope slings wrapped together to form a ninepart finished body sling. After a heavy lift is done, the product can be taken apart to form three individual Tri-Flex slings for smaller lifting work. There are twelve parts of wire rope in the loop for greater strength than traditional nine part wire rope slings. See page 26.
Developed by a committee composed of utility company workers and members of the Slingmax design team, this wire rope sling is an extremely flexible product with great applications for general rigging purposes in the utility industry. It makes a fantastic choker sling especially when lifting poles. See page 30.
GATOR-MAX
GATOR-FLEX NINE PART GROMMETS

Tests have proven this sling to be the strongest Multi-Part wire rope sling when attached to small pins because it has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop in a parallel construction. It will develop its full strength on small pins with a D/d ratio of 1/1 where D is the pin and d is the sling body. (4/1 D/d when comparing the pin to the component parts.) The Gator-Max sling was developed to meet conditions specified by the US Navy and the Wire Rope Technical Board Sling Manual. See page 27.
Ultra flexible slings for short heavy lift connection. These slings can be made shorter than standard Multi-Part slings but maintain all of the advantages. See page 32.
TWIN-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLINGS

GATOR-LAID WIRE ROPE SLING

Identical to the Gator-Max sling except it has metal sleeves for the splice connection. The ideal sling for big lifts but when a shorter sling is required. The Gator-Flex and Gator-Laid products were developed in conjunction with the off shore oil industry to provide the best heavy lift wire rope slings. See page 27.
Another model of a grommet type sling which is formed into an eye and eye design. It consists of 18 body parts with a loop at each end. It is extremely flexible and is used where heavy lift, short slings are required. See page 32.
CHAIN SLING SADDLE RING

US Patent #4,241,575; CN Patent #1,086,510; British Patent #2,029,370
GATOR-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLING

This sling has a nine-part body style but the eyes are crossed or interwoven so that no wrapping is necessary. This allows for visual inspection of the sling. Used for heavy lifts and offers the highest flexibility in a Multi-Part wire rope sling. See page 30.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
This product gives a chain bridle length adjustment capabilities in each chain leg. It aids the rigger in placing the lifting point over the center of gravity so the load will lift in a level manner. Different length chains or chains with different attachments can be interchanged in the Saddle Ring for added utility. The Saddle Ring has found favor with millwrights for moving machinery in factories. See page 46.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path Slings
TWIN-PATH SLINGS IN CONSTRUCTION
517 ton Bridge Retrofit
440 ton Gas Plant Vessel
80 ton Concrete Pilings 100 ton Airport Walkway Section

HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
Twin Path Extra Covermax Slings

TWIN-PATH EXTRA SLING WITH COVERMAX AND K-SPEC CORE YARN

a bulked nylon outer cover for superior abrasion resistance. These are made in sizes up to 300,000 lbs. vertical rated capacity. Larger capacity slings are available on special order. Extra Heavy Duty Covermax is standard on 70,000 lb. vertical capacity and higher. These slings have overload tell-tails, inner red cover, and are used worldwide in place of wire rope slings for heavy lifts. They are about 10% of the weight of a steel sling. These products are repairable. The Twin-Path patented design provides the rigger with two connections between the hook and the load for redundant back-up protection. These slings have 1% stretch at rated capacity compared to braided polyester round slings which can stretch up to 9%. If ergonomics, productivity and safety are important, then these slings are the only choice. This is the lightest and strongest sling on the market today with K-Spec, the longest lasting load bearing core yarn, backed by independent testing. All slings have fiber optic internal inspection system.
TPXC This is the world's first truly ergonomic sling. It has
TWIN-PATH EXTRA COVERMAX SPECIFICATIONS

United States Patent #4,850,629
RATED CAPACITIES (LBS.) 5-1 D/F

CHOKER VERTICAL BASKET HITCHES
Canadian Patent #1,280,458
TWIN-PATH EXTRA COVERMAX STOCK NO.
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT (LBS. PER FT.)

(BEARING-BEARING)
APPROXIMATE BODY WIDTH (IN.)
TPXC 1000 TPXC 1500 TPXC 2000 TPXC 2500 TPXC 3000 TPXC 4000 TPXC 5000 TPXC 6000 TPXC 7000 TPXC 8500 TPXC 10000 TPXC 12500 TPXC 15000 TPXC 17500 TPXC 20000 TPXC 25000 TPXC 27500 TPXC 30000
8,000 12,000 16,000 20,000 24,000 32,000 40,000 48,000 56,000 68,000 80,000 100,000 120,000 140,000 160,000 200,000 220,000 240,000
10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 70,000 85,000 100,000 125,000 150,000 175,000 200,000 250,000 275,000 300,000
20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 80,000 100,000 120,000 140,000 170,000 200,000 250,000 300,000 350,000 400,000 500,000 550,000 600,000
17,320 25,980 34,640 43,300 51,960 69,280 86,139 103,920 121,240 147,220 173,200 216,500 259,800 303,100 346,400 433,000 476,300 519,600
14,140 21,210 28,280 35,350 42,420 56,560 70,700 84,840 98,980 120,190 141,400 176,750 212,100 247,450 282,800 353,500 388,850 424,200
.31 .40 .55 .65 .80 1.12 1.50 1.60 1.68 1.85 2.20 3.00 3.36 4.00 4.37 5.50 6.90 7.50
3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 5" 5" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 10" 10" 11" 11" 12"
PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling. Ratings based on straight pin diameter one-half the sling width.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained. Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and temperature over 180F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path Covermax Slings (Polyester) Fiber Optic Inspection (All Slings)

United States Patent #4,850,629
TWIN-PATH POLYESTER SLINGS WITH COVERMAX SPECIFICATIONS

Rated Capacities (lbs.) 5-1 D/F
CHOKER TWIN-PATH EXTRA COVERMAX STOCK NO. VERTICAL BASKET HITCHES
Canadian Patent #1,280,458
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT (LBS. PER FT.)

(BEARING-BEARING)
APPROXIMATE BODY WIDTH (IN.)
TPC 200 TPC 300 TPC 450 TPC 600 TPC 750 TPC 900 TPC 1200 TPC 1400 TPC 1700 TPC 2200 TPC 2600 TPC 3200 TPC 5000 TPC 6000
1,600 2,400 3,600 4,800 6,000 7,200 9,600 11,200 13,600 17,800 20,800 25,600 40,000 48,000
2,000 3,000 4,500 6,000 7,500 9,000 12,000 14,000 17,000 22,000 26,000 32,000 50,000 60,000
4,000 6,000 9,000 12,000 15,000 18,000 24,000 28,000 34,000 44,000 52,000 64,000 100,000 120,000
3,464 5,196 7,794 10,392 12,990 15,588 20,784 24,248 29,440 38,104 45,032 55,424 86,600 103,920
2,828 4,242 6,383 8,484 10,605 12,726 16,968 19,798 24,038 31,108 36,784 45,248 70,700 84,840
.28 .30 .45 .48 .65 .70 .90 .95 1.20 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.70 3.00
2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"
PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling. Ratings based on straight pin diameter one-half the sling width.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY

WARNING
FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION FOR ALL TWIN-PATH SLINGS

United States Patent #5,561,972 & Patents Pending
Twin-Path slings have the Fiber Optic inspection system. The condition of the internal core yarn can be inspected just by checking the continuity of the fiber optic cable. If crushing or cutting, heat or chemical damage, has occurred, then the damage to the fiber optic cable will destroy its ability to transmit light from one end to the other giving the inspector a reason to remove the sling from service and send it in for repair evaluation. The fiber optic cable will conduct light using natural, overhead or flashlight sources. The inspector simply covers and removes his finger from one end and watches the other end for blinking which indicates that the sling is OK to use for another lift.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path Two Leg Bridles


United States Patent #5,727,833 & #4,850,629
TL Simply the lightest and strongest synthetic bridles in the

world today. These are perfect to replace existing chain and wire rope bridles. The Twin-Path synthetic bridle with K-Spec core yarn is less than half the weight of any steel assembly and is the ergonomic bridle of the future, here today. The loop at the top goes on the crane hook and there is no heavy steel ring to deal with. If you need a four leg bridle, just order two TwinPath Two Leg Bridles. Capacities to 200,000 lbs. Please specify the loop size at the top and the hardware such as hooks required on the bottom of each leg. Hooks can be removable if they are attached with G-Link connectors. This gives the Twin-Path Two Leg Bridle added versatility on the job.

STOCK NUMBERS TPXCTL 1,000 TPXCTL 1,500 TPXCTL 2,000 TPXCTL 3,000 TPXCTL 4,000 TPXCTL 5,000 VERTICAL 10,000 15,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 HORIZONTAL ANGLES 60 45 8,500 12,750 17,000 25,500 34,000 42,500 7,000 10,500 14,000 21,000 28,000 35,000 WT. PER FT. (LBS.) .34 .44 .61 .88 1.23 1.65 EYE WIDTH 3" 3" 3" 4" 5" 5"
S-253
BOTTOM OF LEG HARDWARE TPXCTL 1,000 TPXCTL 1,500 TPXCTL 2,000 TPXCTL 3,000 TPXCTL 4,000 TPXCTL 5,000 G-LINK / WEIGHT 2" 3" 3" 4" 4" 5" 2.0 3.5 3.5 7.0 7.0 15.0 SYNTHETIC / WEIGHT SHACKLE 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3" 6.9 6.9 6.9 8.9 8.9 8.9
S-320
SLING HOOK 3T 5T 5T 10T 10T 15T / WEIGHT 3.9 7.3 7.3 17.0 17.0 33.0
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path Eye and Eye Sling

TWIN-PATH EYE & EYE SYNTHETIC SLING

United States Patent #5,727,833 & #4,850,629
EE This product is made to be an eye and eye sling only. Usually an eye and eye sling is made from a round sling with a sleeve over it to form the eyes at each end. This sling is light, strong and less expensive than a round sling with a sleeve. It can be manufactured using either K-Spec core yarn or polyester. Riggers have told us that they have some applications where they want an eye and eye sling only and this is the one with all of the Twin-Path features in a strictly eye and eye product.
TWIN-PATH EYE AND EYE SLING

STOCK NUMBERS TPXCEE 1,000 TPXCEE 1,500 TPXCEE 2,000 TPXCEE 2,500 TPXCEE 3,000 TPXCEE 4,000 TPXCEE 5,000 CHOKER 8,000 12,000 16,000 20,000 24,000 32,000 40,000 VERTICAL 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 BASKET 60 17,320 25,980 36,640 43,300 51,960 69,280 86,139 VERTICAL WT. LBS. BASKET PER FT. 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 80,000 100,000 .28 .36 .50 .60 .75 1.00 1.40 WIDTH 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 5" 5"
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
10
Twin-Path Adjustable Bridle

TPXA (with K-Spec ), TPA (with polyester)

United States Patent #4,850,629 Canadian Patent #1,280,458
The Adjustable Bridle is the ultimate multiple use rigging tool. It can be used in applications where a standard two leg or four leg bridle is used with the added advantage of self-adjustment to awkward loads. The Twin-Path Adjustable Bridle self-adjusts over the center of gravity to find the lifting point. The Twin-Path Adjustable Bridle can also be used as a complete rigging tool for choker, vertical, or basket hitches. The use of two or more Twin-Path Adjustable Bridles facilitates lifts with multiple lifting points.
Twin-Path
TWIN-PATH ADJUSTABLE BRIDLE SPECIFICATIONS

TPA CODE SINGLE BRIDLE CAPACITY (LBS.) ADJUSTABLE RING DIMENSIONS APPROX. RING MAIN HOOK RING SLING STOCK AREA AREA (WIDTH) DIAMETER (WIDTH) (LENGTH) SHACKLE DIMENSIONS NOMINAL TONNAGE SHACKLE (W.L.L.) SIZE SLING WEIGHT (LBS.) APPROX. APPROX. 3 FOOT ADDER BASE PER FOOT
TPA 6 TPXA 12 TPXA 20 TPXA 40 TPXA 60 TPXA 90
6,000 12,000 20,000 40,000 60,000 90,000
2" 3" 4" 5" 5" 6"
1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/4"
2-1/2" 3" 4" 5-1/4" 7" 8"
2-1/2" 3" 4" 5-1/4" 7" 8"
5/8" 7/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4"
3-1/4T 6-1/2T 12T 25T 35T 55T
4.40 6.80 13.60 31.10 60.00 86.00
1.35 1.95 2.70 4.20 5.70 8.10
PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete assembly. DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
11
Twin-Path Adjustable Bridle

The Twin-Path Adjustable Bridle sling is a multi-purpose rigging tool and it's important that it is used properly. The adjustment ring has a double sling on one side and a single sling on the other side.
If the lifting points are an equal distance from the center of gravity, then the Twin-Path Adjustable can be hooked-up with the double or single sling on either lifting point.
If the lifting points are an equal distance on either side of the center of gravity but one is higher, then the double sling should be attached to the higher lifting point.
If one of the lifting points is closer to the center of gravity, then attach the double sling to this lifting point. It will have the highest weight concentration. If the Twin-Path Adjustable is attached so that the single sling is nearest the center of gravity, it will not allow the lift to be made.
Never use the Twin-Path Adjustable Bridle in situations where the sling-to-hook angle is greater than 45. Always connect above the center of gravity. If connections are made below the center of gravity, then the load may turn when lifted.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
12
Twin-Path Sparkeater Slings

SPARKEATER SYNTHETIC SLINGS

U.S. Patent #4,850,629; CN Patent #1,280,458
SE When you have a hot environment up to 300F, use a Sparkeater to lift the load without marring the surface of the lifted piece. Also, when doing stage rigging order this product for the protection it gives from exposure to fire, heat, sparks and pyrotechnics. Just specify black color for the theater or yellow for all other applications. These slings are made from Nomex for the cover and Aramid high-performance core yarns. Available in capacities of 2,000 to 30,000 lbs. When lifting heated steel, wire rope or chain slings might scratch the load causing expensive rework. Fire exposure testing was performed by the Offshore Certification Bureau and the product was identified as being as good as wire rope or chain for use in off shore applications in the oil industry.
TWIN-PATH SPARKEATER SPECIFICATIONS

RATED CAPACITIES CHOKER VERTICAL BASKET STOCK NUMBER SLING WIDTH APPROX. WEIGHT LBS. PER FT.
(Bearing-Bearing)
TPSE 200 TPSE 400 TPSE 600 TPSE 1000 TPSE 2000 TPSE 3000
2.5" 2.5" 2.5" 3" 3" 4"
1,600 3,200 4,800 8,000 16,000 20,000
2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 30,000
4,000 8,000 12,000 20,000 40,000 60,000
.20 .24 .28 .31 .55 .80
PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling. DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
13
Wear Pads and Cut Protectors

Wear pads such as Cornermax and Synthetic Armor Wear Pads protect loads and slings. These wear pads contain a variety of synthetic and metallic materials, and can be made ready to use in any length or width to fit wire rope, chain, nylon webbing, or any regular rope or sling product. They can also be made in long lengths which the customer can cut into suitable sizes on the job. Among all our wear pads and corner protectors, you can find the appropriate materials to provide cut resistance for the most severe conditions.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
14
G-Link Synthetic Sling Connector

PRODUCT FEATURES:
Couples web, round or Twin-Path slings with hardware (oblongs or hooks). Splices two slings into longer length. Connects two slings with oblong and two hooks into bridle sling. Allows sling to be used as sliding choker sling. Two G-Link connectors used together will double the rated capacity of one G-Link connector. Conforms with ASME B30.9 web and round sling specifications.
VERTICAL CHOKER MODEL RATED RATED NUMBER CAP. (TONS) CAP. (TONS) SC200L SC300L SC400L SC500L SC600L 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 15 25 2 3 4 8 12 SLING SIZE (IN.) 2" 3" 4" 5" 6"
Patent #5,651,573
WGT. (LBS.) 2 3-1/2 7 15 29
G-LINK SYNTHETIC SLING CONNECTOR DIMENSIONS

MODEL
SC200L SC300L SC400L SC500L SC600L
A
2 3 4 5 6
B
5/8 11/16 13/16 1-1/16 1-1/4
C
1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 2 2-1/4
D
5/8 11/16 13/16 1-1/16 1-1/4
E
1-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 4
F
1-15/16 2-7/16 2-7/8 3-3/4 5
G
1 1-1/4 1-3/8 2
H
6.62 7.50 9.75
J
2-1/2 2-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4
O
1/2 9/16 3/4 1 1-1/4
R
.50 .75 .75 1.00 1.00
T
.50 .75 1.00 1.25 1.50
W
3.50 5.00 6.00 8.00 9.38
5.00 1-13/16
2-1/4 12.50
Connect Hook or Oblong to Sling
Choker Sling
Connect Two Slings
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained. Observe rated capacity. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
15
Twin-Path Slings in Action

TWIN-PATH
SLINGS IN ACTION
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
16
Twin-Path Slings
7.0 - MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS

7.1 Determine the weight of the load. The weight of the load shall be within the rated capacity of the sling. Select a sling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and environment. Slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to angle of lift which may affect the lifting capacity. Diameters of pins and sharp edges also may affect the capacity of the lifting sling. Slings used in a choker shall not be forced to tighten around the load by pounding with hammers or other objects. Choker hitches are the least effective way to use a sling based on capacity. Two chokers should be used to balance the load. One choker in the center of the load may create an unbalanced situation which could lead to an accident. Slings used in a basket hitch must have the load balanced to prevent slippage and accidents. Slings used with fittings shall be compatible with the fittings used. The lifting capacity shall be rated at the lower of the fitting or sling. Fitting openings shall be of the proper shape and size to assure that the sling will seat properly. Slings shall be protected from cutting and sharp edges. All sharp protrusions and abrasive surfaces will be kept from contact with the sling. Where unavoidable situations develop, padding shall be placed between the sling and the load. The pin area of a shackle can cause synthetic slings to cut and placing synthetic slings on the pin should be avoided. Slings shall not be dragged on the floor or drawn across other surfaces which may damage the sling. Slings shall not be twisted or tied in knots to shorten.
7.2 7.3
7.4
7.5 7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10 Slings shall not be pulled from under loads resting on the sling. 7.11 Do not drop objects on slings or run over them with vehicles. 7.12 Slings which are damaged shall not be used. 7.13 Sling hitches must provide control of the load.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
17
Twin-Path Slings
7.14 Portions of the human body shall be kept from between the sling and the load and from between the sling and any attachment to lifting devices such as hooks. 7.15 Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads. 7.16 Personnel shall not ride on the sling or suspended loads. 7.17 Avoid snatch or shock loading. 7.18 Twisting and kinking the legs of the sling shall be avoided. 7.19 Load applied to the hook should be centered in the bowl of the hooks. Do not point load the hook. 7.20 During lifting with or without the load all personnel shall be alert for possible snagging. 7.21 The slings should contain or support the load from the sides above the center of gravity so that the load will not tilt when the load is lifted. 7.22 Slings shall be of the proper length so that the angle of the sling to the load does not reduce the rated capacity of the sling for a given angle. 7.23 Only legibly-marked or labeled slings should be used. If the tag is not legible, or missing, the sling should not be used. 7.24 Keep labels or tags away from the load, the hook and the angle of choke. 7.25 Synthetic slings should be inspected each time before each lift.
8.0 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

8.1 When not in use, synthetic slings should be stored in a clean, dry place. Heat sources and non-ventilated places should be avoided. Chemically active environments can affect the strength of synthetic lifting slings. Different chemicals will react with different exposure to Covermax bulked nylon, polyester, aramids, and Olefins. Please see the enclosed tables for reactions of specific chemicals.
8.2
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
18
Twin-Path Slings
Aramids are resistant to most ketones, alcohols, dry cleaning solvents and many other organic solvents. Its acid resistance is superior to that of nylon but is not as good as that of polyester. Aramids show good resistance to alkalis at room temperature, but is degraded by strong alkalis at higher temperatures. Aramids are compatible with fluorine-containing elastomers, resins, and refrigerants at high temperatures, and is resistant to fluorine compounds in concentrations usually encountered in stack gases from metallurgical and rock-processing operations. The resistance of aramids to oxides of sulphur at temperatures above the acid dew point is superior to that of polyester. Below the dew point, concentrated sulphuric acid may condense on the fiber and cause a progressive loss in strength. In moderate-to-strong acid or alkali environments, evaluation of aramids should be made to ensure that the yarn will perform acceptably before use. Polyester and nylon are not significantly affected by most compounds of the following classes: Alcohols Dry Cleaning Solvents Halogenated Hydrocarbons Ketones Soaps and Synthetic Detergents Water (Including Sea Water) Polyester also shows good-to-excellent resistance to: Aqueous solutions of most weak acids at the boil, and to most strong acids at room temperature, but is disintegrated by concentrated (95%) sulphuric acid at room temperature. Aqueous solutions of strong alkalis at room temperature, but is degraded at the boil. Oxidizing agents, and is not degraded by bleaching treatments ordinarily used for textiles. Nylon is not significantly affected by most aldehydes, alkalis, ethers, or hydrocarbons, but is deteriorated by dilute acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid and sulphuric acid in 10% concentrations at room temperature cause a noticeable loss in breaking strength in 10 hours). Solvents for nylon includes: Concentrated formic acid Phenolic compounds at room temperature Calcium chloride in methanol at room temperature Hot solutions of calcium chloride in: Glacial Acetic Acid Ethylene Chlorohydrin Ethylene Glycol Hot solutions of zinc chloride in methanol Benzyl alcohol at the boil Aramids are resistant to most weak acids and alkalis, ketones, alcohols, hydrocarbons, oils and dry cleaning solvents. Strong acids and bases and sodium hypo-chlorite bleach attack aramids, particularly at high temperatures of high concentrations.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
19
Twin-Path Slings
K-Spec core yarn strength retention is based on test results of components at 65C/150F (or less) for 6 months. K-Spec has a 100% strength retention when exposed to: Age, 10% detergent solution, rot and mildew, sunlight and Toluene; 99% strength retention when exposed to: acetic acid, gasoline, hydrochloric acid 1m, hydraulic fluid, kerosene, and sea water; 98% retention when exposed to: 25% ammonium hydroxide, 10% hypophosphite solution, and 40% phosphoric acid; 97% retention when exposed to 5m sodium hydroxide; 95% retention when exposed to Portland cement and sulfuric acid; and 88% retention when exposed to Clorox, and nitric acid. 9.0 - FIBER CHARACTERISTICS
(Using Nylon as a basis of 1.0)
GENERIC FIBER TYPE NYLON POLYESTER POLYPROPYLENE HDPE OLEFIN ARAMID K-SPEC
Bulk
Strength1
1.0 1.0 1.0 .10-.12
.9-1.1 1.21 .60 .12-.15
.55 .80 .80 .15-.25
2.8 .85 .10 .08
2.7 1.26 .10 .10-.12
2.75 1.01 .10 .10
Weight Working2 Elastic Elongation Co-efficient3 of Friction
Melting Point 460F Critical4 Temperature 180F Specific Gravity 1.14 Cold-Flow (Creep) Negligible
480F 180F 1.38 Negligible
330F 180F .91 Negligible to High
297F 150F .97 Negligible to High
Chars at Chars at 800F 297F 300F 180F 1.44 1.2 Negligible Negligible
1Bulk
Strength is defined as strength per circumference squared. is defined as rope actually in use under a cycling load. 3Co-efficient of friction is based on reluctance to slip or slide. 4Critical temperature is defined as the point at which degradation is caused by temperature alone.
2Working
Cold-Flow (Creep) is defined as fiber deformation (elongation) due to molecular slippage under a constant steady static loading situation. Fibers that have this inherent characteristic will display extremely low or negligible creep if minor fluctuations occur in the rate and/or frequency of load levels. In rope form, this would apply to polypropylene, polyethylene, and HDPE Olefin fibers.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
20
Twin-Path Slings
10.0 - INSPECTIONS OF TWIN-PATH PRODUCTS

10.1 Tell-Tails should extend 1/2" past the tag area of each sling. If both Tell-Tails are not 1/2" long, remove the sling from service. If the Tell-Tails show evidence of chemical degradation, remove the sling from service. Send to the manufacturer for repair evaluation. 10.2 Slings should be inspected for evidence of cutting or tearing of the outer cover. Slings with cuts should be removed from service and sent back to the manufacturer for repair evaluation. Damage to the cover may indicate core damage. 10.3 Inspect slings for evidence of heat damage. Slings with polyester or Covermax covers should not be exposed to temperature above 82C/180F. Aramid Sparkeater Slings should not be exposed to temperatures above 149C/300F. K-spec Core Slings should not be exposed to temperatures above 82C/180F. Cold temperature exposure down to minus 40C/minus 40F do not effect the strength of the products. Other temperatures should be referred to the manufacturer. 10.4 Slings using aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, or mists of alkalis or acids are present. 10.5 Twin-Path Lifting Slings and any fittings attached should be the subject of frequent and regular inspections. In addition to the initial inspection by a competent person and frequent written inspections, the slings should be visually inspected before each use. 10.6 Written inspections should be performed as required and documents of such inspection by a competent person shall be kept on file in the safety department of the plant or site where used. Inspections may be done more often based on frequency of use, severity of conditions and experience of past service life. 10.7 Slings should be examined throughout their length for abrasion, cuts, heat damage, fitting distortion or damage, tag legibility, and if any doubts are held by the inspector, the sling should be removed from service. Core integrity is determined by fiber optic light transfer if this type of tell-tail is installed in the sling. If a deterioration is found, the sling must be removed from service and returned to the manufacturer for evaluation. 10.8 Slings removed from service that are not capable of repair should be destroyed and rendered completely unfit for future use. 10.9 Abrasion, heat damage or cuts to the cover may indicate a loss of strength to the load core and these slings should not be used until evaluated by the manufacturer. At area of damage, cover should be opened and the core yarns counted and visually inspected.
11.0 - TEST PROCEDURES FOR COMPLETE TWIN-PATH SLING PRODUCTS

11.1 For proof testing, the pins shall be 1" in diameter or larger. 11.2 Proof tests shall consist of pulling the slings to twice their rated capacity. Slings shall be held at the proof test limit for a period of 15 seconds and then the tension may be released. 11.3 Testing of Twin-Path Sling products and load yarn shall be on a certified and currently calibrated testing machine, which meets or exceeds the standards as described in ASME E-4. 11.4 Break testing of slings shall be as above with results documented. Pin size for break testing should be a diameter equal to half the sling width, or larger. 11.5 Proof testing is recommended for every sling. 11.6 After the sling is proof tested, the Tell-Tails should then be trimmed to length prior to shipment. 11.7 Repaired fittings or slings shall be proof-tested before they are returned to service.
THESE RECOMMENDED STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN FORMULATED AS A GUIDE TO USERS, INDUSTRY AND GOVERNMENT TO INSURE THE PROPER USE, MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF TWIN-PATH LIFTING SLING PRODUCTS.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
21
Single-Path Round Slings

SINGLE PATH - ENDLESS POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS

RATED CAPACITY (LBS) MIN. LGTH. (FT) 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 8 8 APPROX. MEASUREMENTS BODY DIA. RELAXED (IN) 5/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/8 3-5/8 WIDTH @ LOAD (IN) 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-3/4 4-5/8 5-1/4 6
ITEM NO. SP260 SP530 SP840 SP1060 SP1320 SP1680 SP2120 SP3100 SP5300 SP6600 SP9000
COLOR Purple Green Yellow Tan Red White Blue Grey Brown Olive Black
VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET 2,600 5,300 8,400 10,600 13,200 16,800 21,200 31,000 53,000 66,000 90,000 2,100 4,200 6,700 8,500 10,600 13,400 17,000 24,800 42,400 52,800 72,000 5,200 10,600 16,800 21,200 26,400 33,600 42,400 62,000 106,000 132,000 180,000
WT. (LBS/FT) .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 .8 1.1 1.6 2.5 3.1 4.0
PLEASE NOTE: Sling cover color can change to meet customer specifications.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY.
LIFTING FIBERS Endless loops of polyester load bearing yarn. COVER Polyester contrasting color cover. Aramid outer covers also available for heat protection. LABEL Plastic or leather available - Private labeling also. CAPACITIES 3000 pounds to 60,000 pounds vertical rated capacity. DESIGN FACTOR 5 to 1. COLORS Wide variety available (including BLACK for stage rigging). CONFIGURATIONS Roundsling or eye-and-eye. APPLICATIONS Vertical, basket or choker. INSPECTION Slings should be examined throughout their length for abrasion, cuts, heat damage, fitting distortion or damage, and tag legibility. Abrasion, heat damage, or cuts to the cover may indicate a loss of strength to the load core. If any doubts are held by the inspector, the sling should be taken out of service. Slings removed from service that are not capable of repair shall be destroyed and rendered completely unfit for future use.
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
22
Tri-Flex Slings
TRI-FLEX SLINGS IN ACTION
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
23
Tri-Flex Sling Engineering

CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING SLINGS WIRE ROPE CHAIN NYLON FITTINGS
Patent #4,043,581
PIN SIZE EQUALS D/d OF 4/1 USING COMPONENT PARTS
BASKET HITCH EQUALS D/d OF 5/1 USING FINISHED DIAMETER
TRI-FLEX ENGINEERING INFORMATION

EQUIVALENT TO STANDARD SIZE FLEMISH EYE SLING COMPOSED OF 3 PARTS OF EIP ROPE VERTICAL PUBLISHED 5 TO 1 RATED LOAD TONS CHOKER VERTICAL BASKET FINISHED ACTUAL DIAMETER WEIGHT PER FT. APPROX.
7/16" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 3" 3-1/4" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2"
1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 1-5/8" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2"
1.7 2.6 3.6 4.9 6.4 8.0 9.9 14.0 19.0 24.8 31.2 38.4 46.0 55.0 63.4 73.0 95.0 118.0 145.0
1.3 1.9 2.7 3.7 4.8 6.0 7.4 10.5 14.3 18.6 23.4 28.8 34.5 41.2 47.6 54.8 71.2 88.5 109.0
3.4 5.2 7.2 9.8 12.8 16.0 19.8 28.0 38.0 49.6 62.4 76.8 92.0 110.0 126.8 146.0 190.0 236.0 290.0
1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 3" 3-1/4" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5"
.44 .68 .99 1.33 1.75 2.24 2.73 3.9 5.4 7.0 8.9 10.0 13.3 15.8 18.5 21.5 28.0 35.6 44.0
TRI-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLINGS provide the best combination of strength and flexibility.
Because of the patented TRI-FLEX SLING construction, there is a large savings in material and machine costs in the larger sizes; this, combined with ease of use make TRI-FLEX SLINGS the only sling for smart buyers.
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
24
Tri-Flex Sling System

TRI-FLEX SLING SYSTEM

U.S. Patent #4,240,659; CN Patent #1,082,755; British #2,029,796
This product is a combination of three Tri-Flex Wire Rope slings wrapped together helically to form a nine-part finished body sling. After a heavy lift is finished, the product can be taken apart to form three individual Tri-Flex slings for smaller lifting work. This product was developed for construction projects where there are a few heavy lifts. A superior strength sling because it has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop for greater strength than traditional nine-part wire rope slings that have only ten parts of wire rope in the loops.
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
25
Tri-Flex Sling System Engineering

CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING SLINGS WIRE ROPE CHAIN NYLON FITTINGS

Rated Load with 5-1 Factor / Rated Load in Tons
ONE TRI-FLEX SLING 3 PARTS EIP PIN DIAMETER = 4 X'S COMPONENT PART Diameter of VERTICAL FINISHED Component Parts RATED LOAD DIAMETER THREE TRI-FLEX SLINGS 9 PARTS EIP PIN DIAMETER = 4 X'S COMPONENT PART VERTICAL RATED LOAD FINISHED DIAMETER NINE TRI-FLEX SLINGS 27 PARTS EIP PIN DIAMETER = 8 X'S COMPONENT PART VERTICAL RATED LOAD FINISHED DIAMETER
1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 1-5/8" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2"
1.7 2.6 3.6 4.9 6.4 8.0 9.9 14.0 19.0 24.8 31.2 38.4 46.0 55.0 63.4 73.0 95.0 118.0 145.0
1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 3" 3-1/4" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5"
4.6 7.0 10.0 13.8 18.0 22.7 27.8 39.7 53.7 69.8 87.7 108.0 130.0 154.0 178.0 206.0 267.0 333.0 408.0
1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2" 6" 6-1/2" 7" 8" 9" 10"
12.9 19.9 28.5 38.6 50.0 63.5 78.0 110.0 150.0 195.0 245.0 302.0 363.0 430.0 499.0 578.0 748.0 934.0 1140.0
2" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" 12" 13" 14" 16" 18" 20"
ONE TRI-FLEX SLING IS A COMPLETE SLING WITH 3 PARTS FOR FLEXIBILITY.
9-PART TRI-FLEX SLINGS BREAK DOWN INTO THREE 3-PART STANDARD TRIFLEX SLINGS.
27-PART TRI-FLEX SLINGS BREAK DOWN INTO THREE 9-PART SLINGS OR NINE 3PART SLINGS.
The TRI-FLEX SYSTEM allows the purchase of multiple part slings for big lifts which can easily be taken apart to provide slings for smaller lifts or for storage.
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
26
Gator-Max Wire Rope Slings

GATOR-MAX WIRE ROPE SLING WITH PARALLEL EYES

U.S. Patent #5,561,973 & Patents Pending
This is the strongest multi-part sling with great flexibility. It will develop its full strength on small pins with a D/d ratio of 1/1 where D is the pin and d is the sling body. (4/1 D/d when comparing the pin to the component parts.) For heavy lifting work this is the most efficient wire rope sling that meets all of the standards. The eyes have the wire ropes (12) laid in parallel so that there is no crossover and then they are wrapped with heavy duty material to keep them in position. This sling was developed to meet conditions specified by the US Navy and the Wire Rope Technical Board Sling Manual. Testing has proven it to be the strongest multi-part wire rope sling when attached to small pins because it has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop in a parallel construction.
GATOR-MAX AND GATOR-LAID SLINGS TECHNICAL CHART

Rated Capacity is based on 5-1 Design Factor.
FINISHED DIAMETER
COMPONENT STD. PARTS EYE SIZE
VERTICAL RC
CHOKER RC
BASKET RC
WGT. PER FT.
1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10"
1/8" 3/16" 5/32" 7/32" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2"
8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28" 30" 35" 40" 45" 50" 55" 60" 70" 80" 90" 100"
1.4 1.8 2.7 3.7 4.8 7.4 10.5 14.0 19.0 24.0 29.0 42.0 56.0 74.0 92.0 113.0 137.0 162.0 216.0 280.0 350.0 428.0
.95 1.4 2.0 2.7 3.6 5.5 7.9 11.0 14.0 19.0 22.0 31.0 42.0 55.0 69.0 85.0 102.0 121.0 162.0 210.0 261.0 321.0
2.7 3.6 5.5 7.4 9.7 14.7 21.0 29.0 38.0 48.0 58.0 83.0 112.0 146.0 184.0 227.0 273.0 323.0 432.0 560.0 700.0 856.0
.26 .40 .59 .77 .99 1.56 2.19 3.15 4.14 5.31 6.48 9.36 12.78 16.65 21.06 26.01 31.50 37.44 51.03 66.51 84.24 104.00
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
27
Gator-Laid Cable-Laid Slings

GATOR-LAID WIRE ROPE SLING

U.S. Patent #4,240,659 & #5,561,973
This is identical to the Gator-Max sling with the parallel eyes except it has metal sleeves for the splice connection. This is the product when a big lift but short sling is required. It also has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop. The Gator-Flex and Gator-Laid products were developed in conjunction with the off-shore oil industry to provide the world's best heavy lift wire rope slings.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
28
Gator-Flex Slings T&D Ultra-Flex Slings
GATOR-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLING

U.S. Patent #5,561,973
This sling has a nine-part body style with wires in the eyes that are crossed or interwoven so no wrapping is necessary. This sling was developed in conjunction with riggers who preferred a sling for heavy lifts that could be visually inspected and have the highest flexibility possible in a multi-part wire rope sling.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
29
Gator-Flex Slings T&D Ultra-Flex Slings
T&D ULTRA-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLING

U.S. Patent #5,561,973
This wire rope sling is an extremely flexible product with great applications for general rigging purposes in the utility industry. It makes a fantastic choker sling especially when lifting poles. Development was through a committee composed of utility company workers and members of the SLINGMAX design team. Actual field testing was used to determine merits of the final product.
GATOR-FLEX AND T&D ULTRA-FLEX SLINGS TECHNICAL CHART

FINISHED DIAMETER COMPONENT PARTS STD. EYE SIZE VERTICAL RC CHOKER RC BASKET RC WGT. PER FT.
1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10"
1/8" 5/32" 3/16" 7/32" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2"
8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28" 30" 35" 40" 45" 50" 55" 60" 70" 80" 90" 100"
1.3 1.7 2.6 3.5 4.6 7.0 10.0 13.8 18.0 22.7 27.8 39.7 53.7 69.8 87.7 108.8 130.0 154.0 206.0 267.0 333.0 408.0
.9 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.4 5.2 7.5 10.3 13.5 18.1 20.8 29.8 40.3 52.3 65.8 81.0 97.5 115.5 154.5 200.2 249.7 306.0
2.6 3.4 5.2 7.0 9.2 14.0 20.0 27.6 36.0 45.4 55.6 79.4 107.4 139.6 175.4 216.0 260.0 308.0 412.0 534.0 666.0 816.0
.26 .40 .59 .77 .99 1.56 2.19 3.15 4.14 5.31 6.48 9.36 12.78 16.65 21.06 26.01 31.50 37.44 51.03 66.51 84.24 104.00
Rated capacity is based on 5-1 Design Factor.

HEADQUARTERS: 55
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
30
Gator-Flex/Twin-Flex Grommets
GATOR-FLEX NINE PART GROMMETS

U.S. Patent #5,561,973
Ultra flexible slings for that short heavy lift connection. These slings can be made shorter than standard multi-part slings, but maintain all of the advantages.
TWIN-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLINGS

U.S. Patent #5,561,973
This is another model of a grommettype sling which is formed into an eye and eye design. It consists of 18 body parts with a loop at each end. This is extremely flexible and is used where short, heavy lift slings are required.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
31
Gator-Flex/Twin-Flex Grommets
CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING TO ANY STANDARD YOU SPECIFY WE COMPLY!
The Most Flexible Grommet in the World!
TWIN-FLEX SLINGS AND GATOR-FLEX GROMMETS ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS

PIN SIZE 5 X FD DIAMETER 9 PARTS WIRE ROPE SIZE TONS (2,000 LBS) VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET VERTICAL WT. PER FOOT LBS.
1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" 12"
1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 3"
10 15 22 29 38 48 59 85 115 148 187 230 276 328 441 570 711 870 1040 1224
7 11 15 21 27 34 42 59 81 104 131 161 194 230 308 399 498 609 728 857
20 30 44 58 76 96 118 170 230 296 374 460 552 656 882 1140 1422 1740 2080 2448
2 3 5 6 8 11 13 19 25 33 42 52 63 75 102 133 168 209 250 300
Rated Capacity at 5-1 D/F D/d = 5/1
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
32
Hand-Spliced Slings
NO. 100 B
The end of a single wire rope is bent back along the rope to form the eye, and strands are hand-tucked into the body of the rope in what is called a tapered and concealed splice. This splice makes a sling that is easily pulled through narrow spaces; there are no rough ends to snag hands. Slings with rope bodies larger than 1-1/2" diameter are made only with Burnt End splices in which ends of strands are left exposed and cut off with a torch. These may also be cut shorter and served, for smoothness. All have the same rated capacity, size for size.
Hand Spliced Eye

The tapered and concealed splice utilizes tension in the rope body to secure strands where they are tucked back into the rope. Needs no metal sleeve to assure firm anchoring. When tapered and concealed, ends of strands are tucked inward and concealed inside the rope.
WARNING: Hand-spliced slings should not be used in lifts where the sling may rotate and cause the wire rope to unlay.
RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS (2000 LBS.) IPS ROPE - FIBER CORE

Min. Diam. Length Loop of (SL) of Dimensions Rope Sling (in.) (ft.in.) W (in.) BASKET HITCH Single Single Choker Leg Hitch Vertical
IPS ROPE - IWRC

BASKET HITCH
EIPS ROPE - IWRC

BASKET HITCH Single Choker Leg Hitch Vertical
L Choker Leg (in.) Hitch Vertical
30 1.9 2.4 3.1 4.0 4.8 6.8 9.0 12 15 17 21 26 29 35 45 55 68
45 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.3 4.0 5.5 7.4 9.5 12 14 17 21 24 28 37 45 55
60 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.9 5.2 6.7 8.4 10 12 15 17 20 26 32 39
30 2.1 2.6 3.5 4.3 5.2 7.3 9.5 12 16 19 23 28 31 36 48 59 73
45 1.7 2.1 2.8 3.5 4.2 5.9 7.8 10 13 16 18 23 25 30 40 48 59
60 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.2 5.5 7.2 9.0 11 13 16 18 21 28 34 42
30 2.3 3.1 4.0 5.0 6.1 8.3 11 14 17 23 26 31 36 42 55 69 83
45 1.8 2.5 3.3 4.1 4.9 6.8 9.0 12 14 18 21 25 30 34 45 57 68
60 1.3 1.8 2.3 2.9 3.5 4.8 6.4 8.3 10 13 15 18 21 24 32 40 48
3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2
26 29 3 36 4 46 56 6 66 7 76 86 9 96 11 126 14
3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 18 20
6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40
.085 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.3 3.3 4.5 5.9 7.4 9.0 11 13 15 17 22 28 34
1.1 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.9 5.2 6.7 8.4 10 12 15 17 20 26 32 39
0.92 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.6 4.8 6.3 7.9 9.7 12 14 16 19 24 30 37
1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.2 5.5 7.2 9.0 11 13 16 18 21 28 34 42
1.1 1.4 1.9 2.4 2.9 4.1 5.6 7.2 9.1 11 13 16 18 21 28 35 42
1.3 1.8 2.3 2.9 3.5 4.8 6.4 8.3 10 13 15 18 21 24 32 40 48
Rated capacities of choker hitches apply when the angle of choke is greater than 120. Rated capacities of basket hitches are based on a minimum diameter of curvature at the point of load contact of 25 times the rope diameter.
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
33
Mechanical Splice Flemish Eye Slings

NO. 105B
Eyes are formed using the flemish eye splice. Ends are secured by pressing a metal sleeve over the ends of the strands of the splice. Pull is directly along the centerline of rope and eye. Gives most efficient use of rope capacity and is economical.
Flemish Eye Splice

In the standard flemish eye mechanical splice, rope is separated into two parts 3 adjacent strands, and 3 adjacent strands and core. These two parts are then relaid back in opposite directions to form an eye, and ends are secured with a pressed metal sleeve. RATED CAPACITIES (TONS)* Dia. of Rope (in) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 4-1/2 Min. Loop Dim. Length (SL) of Single Sling W L Choker Leg (ft - in) (in) (in) Hitch Vertical 1-6 2 2-6 3 3-6 4 4-6 5 5-6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 16 - 6 18 20 24 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 32 36 40 50 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 64 72 80 100 .41 .93 1.6 2.5 3.6 4.8 6.3 7.9 9.7 12 14 19 24 30 37 44 52 69 78 88 108 .56 1.2 2.2 3.4 4.9 6.6 8.5 10 13 15 18 25 32 39 47 57 67 88 100 113 139 IPS ROPE - IWRC
BASKET HITCH
Swaging Provides Positive Grip

This cutaway of a metal sleeve swaged onto a splice shows how metal flows into valleys between strands to positively prevent ends from unlaying when sling is used within its rated capacity.
EIPS ROPE - IWRC

BASKET HITCH
30O .97 2.1 3.8 5.9 8.5 11 15 17 23 26 31 43 55 68 81 99 116 152 173 196 241
Single Choker Leg 45O 60O Hitch Vertical 30O .79 .56 .48 .65 1.1 1.7 1.2 1.1 1.4 2.4 3.1 2.2 1.9 2.5 4.3 4.8 3.4 2.9 3.9 6.8 6.9 4.9 4.1 5.6 9.7 9.3 6.6 5.6 7.6 13 12 8.5 7.2 9.8 17 14 10 9.1 12 21 18 13 11 15 26 21 15 13 18 31 25 18 16 21 36 35 25 21 28 48 45 32 28 37 64 55 39 35 44 76 66 47 42 54 94 81 57 51 65 113 95 67 60 77 133 124 88 79 102 177 141 100 90 115 199 160 113 101 130 225 197 139 124 160 277
45O .92 2.0 3.5 5.5 7.9 11 14 17 21 25 30 40 52 62 76 92 109 144 163 184 226
60O .65 1.4 2.5 3.9 5.6 7.6 9.8 12 15 18 21 28 37 44 54 65 77 102 115 130 160
* Rated capacities of basket hitches are based on a minimum diameter of curvature at the point of load contact of 40 times the rope diameter for slings 1/4" thru 1" diameter and 25 times the rope diameter for slings 1-1/4" diameter and larger.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
34
Cable-Laid Slings
NO. 108 C
These smooth and very flexible slings are made from cut lengths of cable-laid fabric that is machine formed by laying six wire ropes in a helical pattern around a core rope. Flemish eye mechanical splices, secured by pressed metal sleeves, provide centerline pull at the eyes. More flexible than same capacity single-part slings.
Sling Bodies Are Made from 7 Individual Wire Ropes
Flemish Eye Splice In the standard flemish eye mechanical splice, rope is separated into two parts 3 adjacent strands, and 3 adjacent strands and core. These two parts are then relaid back in opposite directions to form an eye, and ends are secured with a pressed metal sleeve.
Swaging Provides Positive Grip This cutaway of a metal sleeve swaged onto a splice shows how metal "flows" into valleys between strands to positively prevent ends from unlaying when sling is used within its rated capacity.
Ideal for use as basket or choker hitches, where flexibility and ease of handling are essential and cutting or abrasion is not a critical factor.
RATED CAPACITY - TONS Eye Body Dia. (in.) Vert. Choker Basket Hitch Slip Heavy Slip-on Thru Thimble Thimble Thimble
60
45
30
B 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
ST W-2 W-2 W-3 W-4 W-4 W-5 W-5 W-6 W-6
HT 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
QT 3/8 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1
B A
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
.50 1.1 1.9 2.8 4.1 5.4 6.9 8.3 9.9
.34 1.0 .87 .71 .74 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.3 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8 8.1 7.0 5.8 3.7 11. 9.4 7.6 4.7 14. 12. 9.7 5.8 17. 14. 12. 7.0 20. 17. 14.
.50 2 1.1 3 1.9 4 2.8 5 4.1 6 5.4 7 6.9 8 8.3 9 9.9 10
LENGTH
E-E
ST-ST HT-HT OT-OT
7x7x19
7x7x7
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
35
Grommet Slings
CABLE LAID GROMMET WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Cable Laid Grommets have six wire ropes laid helically around a wire rope core, with ends joined either by a handtucked or a mechanical splice to form an endless body. Highly flexible, they resist kinks and are easy to handle. Minimum circumference of the sling is 96 times the grommet body diameter.
Rated Capacity Adjustment For Choker Hitches

ANGLE PERCENT OF OF SLING CHOKE RATED IN CAPACITY DEGREES APPLICABLE 120-180 90-119 60-89 30-59 0-29 100% 87% 74% 62% 49%
When a choke is drawn down tight against a load, or a side pull is exerted resulting in an angle of less than 120 degrees, an adjustment must be made for further reduction of the sling rated capacity.
Hand-Tucked Continuous Construction ...made from one continuous wire rope
Mechanical Splice 7 Parts of Wire Rope in the Sling Body
No. 21 B
Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)

BASKET HITCHES
No. 15 B
Finished Sling Body
Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.) BASKET HITCHES
EIP Finished Component Sling Rope Dia. (in.) Body Dia. (in.) Vert. Choker Vertical
30
45
60
Dia. (in.)
Vert.
Choker Vertical
30
45
60
7 x 7 x 7 GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE

1/8 3/16 7/32 3/8 9/16 5/8 1.6 3.5 4.5 1.0 2.3 2.9 3.2 6.9 9.0 1.6 3.5 4.5 2.2 4.9 6.4 12.8 6.0 7.8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4
7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION
.83 1.8 3.0 4.6 6.2 8.3 11 13 16 18 22 25 28 .54 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.1 5.4 6.8 8.4 10 12 14 16 18 1.7 3.6 6.1 9.1 12 17 21 26 31 37 43 50 56 .83 1.8 3.0 4.6 6.2 8.3 11 13 16 18 22 25 28 1.2 2.5 4.3 6.4 8.8 12 15 18 22 26 31 36 40 1.4 3.1 5.3 7.9 11 14 18 22 27 32 38 44 49
7 X 6 X 9 AND 7 X 6 X 37 - EIP
1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 3/4 5.6 15/16 8.7 1-1/8 12 1-5/16 17 1-1/2 21 1-11/16 27 1-7/8 33 2-1/4 46 2-5/8 62 3 79 3-3/8 98 3-3/4 119 3.6 5.6 8.0 11 14 17 21 30 40 51 64 77 11 17 25 33 43 53 66 92 123 158 196 237 5.6 7.9 8.7 12 12 17 17 23 21 30 27 38 33 46 46 65 62 87 79 112 98 138 119 168 9.7 15 21 29 37 46 57 80 107 137 170 205
7 x 6 x 19 AND 7 x 6 x 37 - EIP CONSTRUCTION
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch and vertical lift based on D/d ratio of 5 when "d" is diameter of the finished grommet. Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no smaller than 5 times the body diameter. Rated capacities based on design factor of 5. Sling angles of less than 30 degrees shall not be used.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
36
Grommet Slings
STRAND LAID GROMMET WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Strand Laid Grommets have either a wire rope body, or a body of six strands laid helically around a strand core, with either a hand tucked or a mechanical splice to form an endless sling body. Minimum circumference of the sling is 96 times the grommet body diameter.
Hand Tucked Continuous Construction ...made from one continuous strand
Mechanical Splice 7 Parts of Wire Rope in the Sling Body
No. 11B
SLING BODY DIA. (IN)
Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.) 7 x 19 AND 7 x 37 CLASS - IPS

BASKET HITCHES
No. 14B
SLING BODY DIA.
Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)

BASKET HITCHES
6 x 19 AND 6 x 37 CLASS - IPS - IWRC
VERT.
* CHOKER
VERTICAL
600 1.5 2.3 3.3 4.5 5.8 7.3 9.0 13. 17. 22. 28. 34. 40. 47. 54. 62. 70. 79. 88. 98. 108. 117. 140. 163.
450 1.2 1.9 2.7 3.6 4.7 6.0 7.4 10. 14. 18. 23. 28. 33. 38. 44. 51. 57. 65. 72. 80. 88. 96. 114. 133.
300 .85 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.3 4.2 5.2 7.4 10. 13. 16. 20. 23. 27. 31. 36. 41. 46. 51. 56. 62. 68. 81. 94.
(IN)
VERT.
* CHOKER VERTICAL
600 1.6 2.5 3.5 4.8 6.2 7.8 9.7 14. 19. 24. 31. 38. 45. 53. 62. 72. 82. 93. 104. 116. 129. 142. 170. 200.
450 1.3 2.0 2.9 3.9 5.1 6.4 7.9 11. 15. 20. 25. 31. 37. 44. 51. 59. 67. 76. 85. 95. 105. 116. 139. 163.
300 .92 1.4 2.0 2.8 3.6 4.5 5.6 8. 11. 14. 18. 22. 26. 31. 36. 41. 47. 54. 60. 67. 75. 82. 98. 115.
1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 2-3/4 3
.85 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.3 4.2 5.2 7.4 10. 13 16. 20. 23. 27. 31. 36. 41. 46. 51. 56. 62. 68. 81. 94.
.60 .93 1.3 1.8 2.3 2.9 3.6 5.2 7.0 9.1 11. 14. 16. 19. 22. 25. 28. 32. 36. 39. 44. 47. 56. 66.
1.7 2.7 3.8 5.2 6.7 8.4 10. 15. 20. 26. 32. 39. 46. 54. 62. 72. 81. 92. 102. 113. 124. 136. 161. 189.
1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1 -5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 2-3/4 3
.92 1.4 2.0 2.8 3.6 4.5 5.6 8. 11. 14. 18. 22. 26. 31. 36. 41. 47. 54. 60. 67. 75. 82. 98. 115.
.64 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 3.2 3.9 5.6 7.6 9.8 12. 15. 18. 22. 25. 29. 33. 38. 42. 47. 52. 57. 69. 81.
1.8 2.9 4.1 5.5 7.2 9.0 11. 16. 22. 28. 35. 43. 52. 62. 72. 83. 95. 107. 120. 134. 149. 163. 196. 231.
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch and vertical lift based on D/d ratio of 5 when "d" is diameter of the finished grommet. Rated Capacities based on pin diamter no smaller than 5 times the body diameter. Sling angles of less than 30 degrees shall not be used. *See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment chart.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
37
2 Leg Wire Rope Bridles

No. 200 Series

Slings are 2-leg allpurpose bridles, designed for general lifting purposes where attachment may be made directly to the load, such as hooking into lifing eyes or placing loops over lugs.
Dia. of Wire Rope (in) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2
Min. Length (SL) Of Sling (ft.- in.) 1-3 1-6 1-8 1 - 10 2-0 2-2 2-4 2-9 3-3 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 8-0 8-9 10 - 0
Rated Capacities (tons) IPS-IWRC 60 .97 1.50 2.10 3.00 3.80 4.90 5.90 8.40 11.00 15.00 18.00 22.00 27.00 32.00 38.00 43.00 55.00 69.00 84.00 45 .79 1.30 1.80 2.50 3.10 4.00 4.80 6.90 9.30 12.00 15.00 18.00 22.00 26.00 31.00 35.00 45.00 56.00 68.00 30 .56 .87 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.70 3.40 4.90 6.60 8.50 10.00 13.00 15.00 18.00 20.00 25.00 32.00 40.00 48.00
Alloy Oblong Links Dia. (in) 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4
Rated Capacities (tons) EIPS-IWRC 60 1.10 1.70 2.50 3.50 4.40 5.60 6.80 9.70 13.00 17.00 21.00 26.00 31.00 36.00 43.00 49.00 63.00 79.00 97.00 45 .91 1.50 2.00 2.80 3.60 4.60 5.50 7.90 11.00 14.00 17.00 21.00 25.00 30.00 35.00 40.00 52.00 65.00 79.00 30 .65 1.00 1.40 2.00 2.50 3.10 3.90 5.60 7.60 9.80 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 23.00 28.00 37.00 46.00 56.00
For approximate capacities using Fibre Core IPS: deduct 10% from IPS-IWRC strengths. For approximate capacities on Hand Braided Slings: deduct 15% from corresponding mechanically swaged strengths. For approximate capacities on Socket Attachments: add 5% to corresponding IWRC swaged strengths.
200 FL
2 leg Oblong Link with Heavy Duty Thimbles on Top and Flemish Loops on Bottom.
200 CT
2 leg Oblong Link with Heavy Duty Thimbles on Top and Crescent Thimble on Bottom.
200 HT
2 leg Oblong Link with Heavy Duty Thimbles on Top and Heavy Duty Thimbles on Bottom.
200 OS
2 leg Oblong Link with Heavy Duty Thimbles on Top and Open Swage Socket on Bottom.
200 EH
2 leg Oblong Link with Heavy Duty Thimbles on Top and Eye Hoist Hooks Safety Latches on Bottom.
200 CS
2 leg Oblong Link with Heavy Duty Thimbles on Top and Closed Swage Socket on Bottom.
200 SPA
2 leg Oblong Link with Heavy Duty Thimbles on Top and Screw Pin Anchor Shackle on Bottom.
200 BAS
2 leg Oblong Link with Heavy Duty Thimbles on Top and Bolt Anchor Shackle on Bottom.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
38

No. 300 Series

Slings are 3-leg allpurpose bridles, generally recommended for handling unbalanced loads.
Rated Capacities (tons) IPS-IWRC 60 1.40 2.30 3.20 4.40 5.70 7.10 8.80 13.00 17.00 22.00 27.00 33.00 40.00 47.00 53.00 64.00 83.00 103.00 126.00 45 1.20 1.80 2.60 3.60 4.60 5.80 7.20 10.00 14.00 18.00 22.00 27.00 33.00 39.00 43.00 52.00 67.00 84.00 102.00 30 .84 1.30 1.90 2.50 3.30 4.10 5.10 7.30 9.90 13.00 16.00 18.00 22.00 26.00 31.00 35.00 46.00 58.00 72.00
Alloy Oblong Links Dia. (in) 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2
Rated Capacities (tons) EIPS-IWRC 60 1.60 2.60 3.70 5.10 6.60 8.30 10.00 14.00 20.00 25.00 31.00 38.00 46.00 55.00 61.00 73.00 95.00 118.00 145.00 45 1.40 2.10 3.00 4.10 5.30 6.80 8.30 12.00 16.00 21.00 25.00 31.00 38.00 45.00 49.00 60.00 76.00 96.00 118.00 30 .97 1.50 2.20 2.90 3.80 4.70 5.90 8.40 11.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 25.00 30.00 36.00 40.00 53.00 67.00 84.00
300 FL
300 CT
300 HT
300 OS
300 EH
300 CS
300 SPA
300 BAS
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
39

No. 400 Series

Slings are 4-leg allpurpose bridles, used both for balanced & unbalanced loads and for heavier loads where design calls for more distribution of weight by the use of attachment at four points.
Rated Capacities (tons) IPS-IWRC 60 1.90 3.00 4.30 5.80 7.60 9.50 12.00 17.00 23.00 29.00 36.00 44.00 53.00 63.00 74.00 85.00 110.00 138.00 168.00 45 1.60 2.50 3.50 4.80 6.20 7.80 9.60 14.00 18.00 24.00 29.00 26.00 44.00 52.00 61.00 69.00 90.00 112.00 136.00 30 1.10 1.70 2.40 3.40 4.40 5.40 6.80 9.80 13.00 17.00 20.00 26.00 30.00 36.00 40.00 50.00 64.00 80.00 96.00
Alloy Oblong Links Dia. (in) 1/2 3/4 1. 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 4-1/2 4-1/2 Call Call
Rated Capacities (tons) EIPS-IWRC 60 2.20 3.50 5.00 6.70 8.70 11.00 13.00 18.00 26.00 34.00 42.00 51.00 61.00 73.00 85.00 98.00 126.00 158.00 194.00 45 1.80 2.80 4.00 5.50 7.10 9.00 11.00 16.00 21.00 28.00 34.00 42.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 104.00 130.00 158.00 30 1.30 2.00 2.80 4.00 5.00 6.20 7.80 11.00 15.00 20.00 24.00 30.00 36.00 42.00 46.00 56.00 74.00 92.00 112.00
400 FL
400 CT
400 HT
400 OS
400 EH
400 CS
400 SPA
400 BAS
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
40
Wire Rope Bridle End Fittings Chain Specifications

Half Thimble Inside Loop Size (tons) W L (in) (in) 2 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-5/8 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 6-1/2 7 7 8-1/2 8-1/2 10 10 4 5 5-1/2 5-1/2 7 9 10-1/2 12 13-1/2 15 17 18 18 21-1/2 24-1/2 25-1/2 26-1/2 30 32 Closed Swage Socket Head Pin. Jaw Hole. Thickness Dia. (in) Opening (in) Dia. (in) (in) 11/16 13/16 13/16 1 1 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-3/8 1-5/8 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-3/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 11/16 13/16 13/16 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4-1/4 4-1/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-7/16 1-11/16 2-1/16 2-5/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-13/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 4-5/16 1/2 11/16 11/16 7/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3 3-1/4 4 4 Open Swage Socket
PERTINENT DIMENSIONS FOR END FITTINGS FOR NO. 200, 300 & 400 SERIES SLINGS
Diam. Of Wire Rope (in) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 Standard Loop Inside W (in) 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 18 20 22 24 L (in) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 44 48 Heavy Duty Thimble Inside W (in) 7/8 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-7/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 6 7 L (in) 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-3/8 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-1/4 4-1/2 5-1/8 5-1/8 6-1/4 6-1/4 8 9 12 14 Alloy Carbon Hook Shackle Size (in) Size (tons) For For IPS & EIPS IPS EIPS 1 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 7 11 11 15 15 22 22 30 30 37 45 60 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4
6 x 19 WITH IWRC
6 x 37 WITH IWRC
CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS
CM GRADE 30 PROOF COIL CHAIN
Low carbon steel utility chain with a wide range of general purpose uses. Self-colored finish. Links embossed every 10 inches with date code and grade appearing alternately. Also available in Hot Galvanized or Bright Zinc finish.
WORKING NOMINAL INSIDE LINK WGT. CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT DIMENSIONS (IN.) PER 100 FT INCHES DECIMAL (LBS)* LENGTH WIDTH (LBS)
3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2
.218 .276 .327 .390 .468 .531 .656 .787 1.031 .281 .327 .390 .468 .531 .656 .781 .875 1.000 .281 .327 .406 .468 .531
800 1,300 1,900 2,650 3,700 4,500 6,900 10,600 17,900 2,600 3,900 5,400 7,200 9,200 13,000 20,200 24,500 34,100 3,150 4,700 6,600 8,750 11,300
.95 1.00 1.10 1.23 1.37 1.50 1.87 2.12 2.75 1.00 1.10 1.23 1.37 1.50 1.87 2.12 2.25 2.75 .84 .98 1.14 1.33 1.43
.40 .47 .50 .62 .75 .81 1.00 1.12 1.50 .47 .50 .62 .75 .81 1.00 1.12 1.14 1.50 .47 .46 .54 .62 .72
38 66 98 144 210 278 422 628 1,069 71 98 144 210 278 422 606 776 1,050 74 100 156 204 259
CM GRADE 43 HIGH TEST CHAIN

Made from a selected analysis carbon steel to provide higher tensile strength and working load limits, as well as better resistance to wear. Bright (polished) finish. Links embossed every 10 inches with date code and grade appearing alternately. Also available in Hot Galvanized or Bright Zinc finish.
CM GRADE GRADE 70 TRANSPORT (BINDING) CHAIN

Significantly higher tensile strength for all load binding and tie down applications, which permits you to hold a given load with the next smaller size chain than Grade 43. This increased strength-to-weight ratio means lower costs and a lighter chain, for easier storage and handling. Gold finish. Links embossed every 10 inches with date code and grade appearing alternately.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
*WARNING! DO NOT EXCEED WORKING LOAD LIMIT.
BINDER CHAIN ASSEMBLIES AVAILABLE IN GRADE 43, 70 & 80 AND A VARIETY OF SIZES AND LENGTHS
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
41
Chain Sling Assembly

GRADE 80 CHAIN SLING ASSEMBLY

BASIC TYPES OF CHAIN SLINGS
Basic types of chain slings are dsignated throughout the industry by the following symbols: First Symbol (basic type): S - Single chain sling with master link and hook, or hook at each end. C - Choker chain sling with master link on each end; no hooks. D - Double chain sling with standard master link and hooks. T - Triple chain sling with standard master link and hooks Q - Quadruple chain sling with master link and hooks. Second Symbol (type of master link or end link): O - Oblong master link Recommended standard for all types. P - Pear shaped master link Available on request. Third Symbol (type of hook): S - Sling hook G - Grab hook F - Foundry hook L - Latchlok hook Sling tags are coded with numerals 1 through 4 to reflect number of branches in sling. Additional coding is defined as follows: AS - Adjustable sling ES - Endless single SAL - Single adjustable loop AD - Adjustable double SB - Single Basket ED - Endless double DAL - Double adjustable loop DB - Double basket
Type TOS
HOW TO SELECT & ORDER THE PROPER CHAIN SLING

1. Determine the weight and configuration of the load(s) to be lifted. 2. Determine the type of chain sling required, according to weight and configuration. (refer to the following pages) 3. Determine the size of the body chain according to the working load limits. Be sure to take into consideration the effect of the required angle. *Working load limit: The working load limit is the maximum load in pounds which should ever be applied to chain, even when chain is new, and when load is uniformly applied in direct tension to a straight length of chain. 4. Determine the reach required to give the desired angle. The reach is measured from the upper bearing surface of the master link to the bearing surface of the lower attachment. If chain slings are to be used in pairs and are to be matched for reach, please indicate when ordering. 5. Be sure to specify type, size and reach when ordering chain slings. For specifications on additional hooks, attachments and accessories, refer to the following pages. Note: Angle to the load on multiple leg slings will be 60 or greater as long as the distance between lifting eyes of load is NOT greater than reach shown on Identification Tag.
QUIR ED
MASTER OBLONG LINK
CH A
S RE
REA
SLING HOOK
ANGLE
LOAD
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
42
Alloy Chain Slings

CM HERC-ALLOY 800 SINGLE CHAIN SLINGS

A higher strength heat treated alloy steel chain, CM grade 80 Herc-Alloy 800 chain is primarily used as a sling component for overhead lifting, but can be used in rigging and tie down applications where a lighter weight high strength chain is desirable. Recommended for overhead lifting by NACM, ANSI, & OSHA. CM grade 80 Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings and attachments are manufactured from special analysis alloy steel, engineered for a superior combination of strength, lightness and durability. All Herc-Alloy 800 chain and attachments are black finish and/or color coded orange for easy, permanent identification. The chain is embossed with the grade (HA-800) and trace code. Before shipment, all CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings undergo a succession of demanding quality control checks. Every sling is proof tested, registered and guaranteed for one year to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. A durable metal tag attached to the sling permanently identifies the grade, type, working load limit (at a specific angle of lift) and registration number of the sling. Chain slings are used primarily for overhead lifting and are generally used in conjunction with a crane or some type of lifting device. Standard sling configurations consist of chain branches which are affixed on one end to a master link or ring with some type of attachment, usually a hook, affixed to the opposite end.
HERC-ALLOY 800 CHAIN AND ATTACHMENTS CONVERSION TABLE

CHAIN SIZE Fraction (in) Decimal (in) Metric (mm) Sling HOOK SIZE DESIGNATION AND MARKINGS Cradle Grab* Flat Grab Foundry Latchlok
7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
.218 .281 .394 .512 .630 .787 .875 1.024 1.260
5.5 7.0 10.0 13.0 16.0 20.0 22.0 26.0 32.0
HA22 HA220 HA250 HA280 HA290 HA300 HA320 HA330 HA350
10 M HA 9/32 HA 3/8 HA 1/2 HA 5/8 HA 3/4 HA 7/8 HA 1 HA 1-1/4
10M HA1 HA3 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA11
HA498 HA499 HA500 HA501 HA502 HA503 HA504 HA505
9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
CM HERC-ALLOY 800 CHAIN SIZES AND WORKING LOAD LIMITS

90 60 45 30 60 45 30
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS (IN) TRIPLE & QUAD
WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS) CHAIN SIZE (IN) (MM) PRODUCT SINGLE CODE 90 DOUBLE
60 3,600 6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600 125,200
45 3,000 4,900 10,000 17,000 25,600 40,000 48,400 67,400 102,200
30 2,100 3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300
60 5,450 9,100 18,400 31,200 47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900 187,800
45 4,450 7,400 15,100 25,500 38,400 60,000 72,500 101,200 153,400
30 3,150 5,200 10,600 18,000 27,100 42,400 51,300 71,500 108,400
INSIDE INSIDE LENGTH WIDTH
APPROX. APPROX. NO. WEIGHT LINKS PER 100FT. PER FT. (LBS)
7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
5.5 7.0 10.0 13.0 16.0 20.0 22.0 26.0 32.0
607020 607028 607037 607050 607062 607075 607087 607101 607128
2,100 3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300
.671 .868 1.222 1.101 1.733 2.160 2.250 2.664 3.250
.296 .395 .572 .720 .854 1.052 1.137 1.348 1.656
17.9 13.8 9.8 8.5 6.9 5.5 5.3 4.5 3.7
44.7 74.2 145.9 257.7 387.3 622.0 776.4 995.4 1,570.9
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
43
Chain Slings
CARE, USE AND INSPECTION

The life and strength of CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings depends on proper inspection, maintenance and use. For additional information, refer to ANSI B30.9 and OSHA 1920.184. CARE Chain requires careful storage and regular maintenance. Store chains on an A frame in a clean, dry place. To avoid corrosion, oil chaines before prolonged storage. Do not heat CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain; this will alter its thermal treatment Do not plate or change surface finish of chain. Contact CM for special requirements. USE To protect both operators and materials, observe these precautions when using chain slings: Before use, inspect chain and attachments following the instructions under "Inspection" below. Do not exceed working load limit. Any of the factors listed here can reduce the load the chain will hold: Acceleration in rate of load to application can produce dangerous overloading. Variation in the angle of the load to the sling as the angle decreases, the working load of the sling will increase. Twisting, knotting or kinking subjects links to unusual loading, decreasing the working load of the sling. Use for purposes other than those for which slings are intended can reduce the working load of the sling. Free chain of all twists, knots and kinks. Center load in hook(s); hook latches must not support load. Avoid sudden jerks when lifting and lowering. Balance all loads; avoid tipping of loads. Use pads around sharp corners. Do not drop load on chains. Match the size and working load limit of attachments such as hooks or rings to the size and working load limit of the chain. For overhead lifting, use only alloy chain and attachments (grade 80). INSPECTION It is important both to inspect chain slings regularly and to keep a record of all chain inspections. Follow this guide for such an inspection system. Before inspecting, clean chains with a non-acid/non-causic solvent so that marks, nicks, wear and other defects are visible. Inspect each link for these conditions: Twists or bends. Nicks or gouges. Excessive wear at bearing points. Stretch. Distorted or damaged master links, coupling links or attachments, especially spread in throat opening of hooks. Mark plainly with paint each link or attachment showing any of the conditions listed here to indicate rejection; remove from service until properly repaired. WEAR ALLOWANCES OF CM HERC-ALLOY 800 CHAIN Measure cross section at link ends to determine wear. If chain is worn to less than the minimum allowable thickness, remove from service. Maximum Minimum Thickness Allowable Wear Allowable at MM Inches (inches) Link Ends (inches)* 5.5 7.0 10.0 13.0 16.0 20.0 22.0 26.0 32.0 7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 3/64 (.046) 5/64 (.078) 7/64 (.109) 9/64 (.140) 10/64 (.156) 11/64 (.171) 12/64 (.187) 16/64 (.250) 11/64 (.171) 13/64 (.203) 18/64 (.281) 22/64 (.343) 27/64 (.421) 34/64 (.531) 40/64 (3625) 47/64 (.734) 58/64 (.906)
*Applies to CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain only. USE OF CHAIN UNDER HEAT CONDITIONS When the chain itself is heated to temperatures shown here, working load limits should be reduced as indicated. Temperature of Chain 500F 600F 700F 800F 900F 1000F
1While 2When
Reduction in Permanent Reduction In Working Load Limit1 While Heated Working Load Limit2 none 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% none none none none 10% 15%
chain is at temperature shown in first column. chain is used at room temperature after having been heated to temperatures shown in first column.
CERTIFICATE OF TEST AND IDENTIFICATION The identification tag found on the master coupling link of each chain sling contains this information: Grade Size Reach Type Working load limit (at a specific angle of lift) Serial number
CM CHAIN INSPECTION PROGRAMS

CM provides chain users with a wide range of informative materials and instructive programs on chain and chain inspection. Our coloful chain safety proster/chart and our fact-filled booklet. "CM Lifting, Pulling & Binding Products Manual PMC-10," are available on request. CM Chain Clinics on proper chain use, care and inspection are conducted at our headquarters in Amherst, New York, and in plants across the country. Video cassette training programs, slide and film presentations and in-plant chain sling inspections are also available. CM education programs are designed to promote the proper use of all CM products, and to assist users in complying with OSHA regulations.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
44
Chain Sling Specifications

REACH
SINGLE CHAIN SLINGS
TYPE SOG GRAB HOOK
TYPE SOG CLEVLOCK GRAB HOOK
TYPE SOS CLEVLOCK SLING HOOK
TYPE SOF FOUNDRY HOOK
TYPE SOS SLING HOOK
TYPE SOL LATCHLOK HOOK
REACH
DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS
SINGLE BASKET
TYPE DOS CLEVLOK SLING HOOK
TYPE DOG CLEVLOK GRAB HOOK
TYPE DOF FOUNDRY HOOK
TYPE DOS
TYPE DOG GRAB HOOK
TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLINGS

TYPE TOS TYPE OOS DOUBLE BASKET
RE
AC
RE
AC
SINGLE ADJUSTABLE LOOP CHAIN SLING DOUBLE ADJUSTABLE LOOP CHAIN SLING
SINGLE ADJUSTABLE LOOP - STYLE A
DOUBLE ADJUSTABLE LOOP - STYLE A
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
45
Chain Sling Saddle Rings

ALLOWS ADJUSTMENT OF CHAIN REACH
United States Patent #4,241,575 Canadian Patent #1,086,510 British Patent #2,029,370
SAME STRENGTH AS STANDARD CHAIN SLINGS, ONLY MORE ECONOMICAL

SINGLE BRANCH SLING 90 DEGREE LOADING DOUBLE SLING CHAIN SIZE INCHES TRIPLE AND QUADRUPLE SLING
SYSTEM
CHAIN SIZE INCHES
60
45
30
60
45
30
10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 8
9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
4,300 8,800 15,000 22,600 35,300 42,700 47,700 72,300 80,000
7,500 15,200 26,000 39,000 61,100 74,000 82,600 125,200 138,600
6,100 12,400 21,200 32,000 49,900 60,400 67,400 102,200 113,100
4,300 8,800 15,000 22,000 35,300 42,700 47,700 72,300 80,000
9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
11,200 22,800 39,000 58,700 91,700 110,900 123,900 187,800
9,100 18,600 31,800 47,900 74,900 90,600 101,200 153,400
6,450 13,200 22,500 33,900 53,000 64,000 71,500 108,400
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
46
Chain Slings - Single Types S & C
CM GRADE 80 SINGLE CHAIN SLING TYPE S & C

OBLONG MASTER LINK WORKING CHAIN SIZE (IN.) (MM) WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS)* DIAMETER LINK NUMBER DIMENSIONS (INCHES) DIAMETER INSIDE INSIDE MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH A B C APPROX. WT. (LBS) TYPE SOS 5 FT. REACH
7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
5.5 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32
2,100 3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300
HA40 HA50 HA75 HA100 HA100 HA125 HA150 HA175 HA200
13/32 1/2 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2
1-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-3/8 5-1/4 6 7
3 5 5-1/2 7 7 8-3/4 10-1/2 12 14
4 5 10 18 25 38 54 76 116
B A C SOS SLING HOOK SOG GRAB HOOK SOF FOUNDRY HOOK SOL LATCHLOK CO
CM GRADE 100 SINGLE CHAIN SLING TYPE S & C

OBLONG MASTER LINK WORKING CHAIN SIZE (IN.) (MM) WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS)* DIAMETER LINK NUMBER DIMENSIONS (INCHES) DIAMETER INSIDE INSIDE MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH A B C APPROX. WT. (LBS) TYPE SOS 5 FT. REACH
7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
5.5 7 10 13 16 20
REACH
2,700 4,300 8,800 15,000 22,600 35,300
HA40 HA50 HA75 HA100 HA100 HA125
13/32 1/2 3/4 1 1 1-1/4
1-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-3/8
3 5 5-1/2 7 7 8-3/4
4 5 10 18 25 38
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
47
Chain Slings - Grade 80 Alloy

DOUBLE CHAIN SLING TYPE D

B A C
REACH
DOS SLING HOOKS
DOG GRAB HOOKS
DOF FOUNDRY HOOKS
DOL LATCHLOK HOOKS
OBLONG MASTER LINK DIMENSIONS (IN) CHAIN SIZE (IN) 7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 (MM) 5.5 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32 WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS) 60 3,600 6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600 125,200 45 3,000 4,900 10,000 17,000 25,600 40,000 48,400 67,400 102,200 30 2,100 3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300 MASTER LINK NO. HA40 HA50 HA75 HA100 HA125 HA150 HA175 HA200 HA225 DIA. MATERIAL A 13/32 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 INSIDE WIDTH B 1-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 3-1/2 4-3/8 5-1/4 6 7 8 INSIDE LENGTH C 3 5 5-1/2 7 8-3/4 10-1/2 12 14 16
APPROX WT. (LBS.) TYPE DOS 5' REACH 8 9 18 31 49 71 98 132 221
TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLING TYPE T & Q

Safety note: A quad branch chain sling usually does not sustain loads with even distribution to its four branches, especially when loads are of rigid structure. Therefore, maximum working load limits are set at the same values as for triple branch chain slings of equal quality and size and used with branches at the same angle of inclination.
B A
AC H
B C A
RE AC H
TOS SLING HOOKS
QOS SLING HOOKS
OBLONG MASTER LINK SUB-ASSEMBLY CHAIN SIZE (IN) 7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 (MM) 5.5 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32 60 5,450 9,100 18,400 31,200 47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900 187,800 WLL (LBS)* 45 4,450 7,400 15,100 25,500 38,400 60,000 72,500 101,200 153,400 30 3,150 5,200 10,600 18,000 27,100 42,400 51,300 71,500 108,400 MASTER LINK SUB ASSEMBLY NO. HA50-SA HA75-SA HA100-SA HA125-SA HA150-SA HA175-SA HA200-SA HA225-SA HA275-SA DIMENSIONS (IN) DIA. INSIDE INSIDE MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH A B C 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3-1/2 4-3/8 5-1/4 6 7 8 9 5 5-1/2 7 8-3/4 10-1/2 12 14 16 16
RE
APPROX. WT. (LBS) TYPE TOS REACH 12 14 28 50 79 112 155 215 348 TYPE QOS 5 REACH 16 18 36 62 97 137 188 260 421
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
48
Chain Slings - Grade 100 Alloy

DOUBLE CHAIN SLING TYPE D

B A C
REACH
DOS SLING HOOKS
DOG GRAB HOOKS
DOF FOUNDRY HOOKS
OBLONG MASTER LINK DIMENSIONS (IN) CHAIN SIZE (IN) 7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 (MM) 5.5 7 10 13 16 20 WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS) 60 4,700 7,400 15,200 26,000 39,100 61,100 45 3,800 6,100 12,400 21,200 32,000 49,900 30 2,700 4,300 8,800 15,000 22,600 35,300 PRODUCT CODE 555231 555232 555235 555238 555240 555243 DIA. MATERIAL A 13/32 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 INSIDE WIDTH B 1-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 3-1/2 4-3/8 5-1/4 INSIDE LENGTH C 3 5 5-1/2 7 8-3/4 10-1/2
APPROX WT. (LBS.) TYPE DOS 5' REACH 8 9 18 31 49 71
TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLING TYPE T & Q

Safety note: A quad branch chain sling usually does not sustain loads with even distribution to its four branches, especially when loads are of rigid structure. Therefore, maximum working load limits are set at the same values as for triple branch chain slings of equal quality and size and used with branches at the same angle of inclination.
B A
H AC
B C A
AC H
TOS SLING HOOKS
QOS SLING HOOKS
OBLONG MASTER LINK SUB-ASSEMBLY CHAIN SIZE (IN) 7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 (MM) 5.5 7 10 13 16 20 60 7,000 11,200 22,900 39,000 58,700 91,700 WLL (LBS)* 45 5,700 9,100 18,700 31,800 47,900 74,900 30 4,000 6,400 13,200 22,500 33,900 53,000 MASTER LINK SUB ASSEMBLY NO. HA50-SA HA75-SA HA100-SA HA125-SA HA150-SA HA175-SA DIMENSIONS (IN) DIA. INSIDE INSIDE MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH A B C 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3-1/2 4-3/8 5-1/4 6 5 5-1/2 7 8-3/4 10-1/2 12
RE
RE
APPROX. WT. (LBS) TYPE TOS 5' REACH 12 14 28 50 79 112 TYPE QOS 5 REACH 16 18 36 62 97 137
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
49
Load Binders
LOAD BINDER WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS

LOAD BINDER WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS - LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDERS
Hook load binder to chain so you can operate it while standing on the ground. Position load binder so its handle can be pulled downward to tighten chain (see photo). Be aware of ice, snow rain, oil, etc. that can affect your footing. Make certain your footing is secure. The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically recommends AGAINST the use of a handle extender (cheater pipe). If sufficient leverage cannot be obtained using the lever type load binder by itself, a ratchet type binder should be used. If the above recommendation is disregarded and a cheater pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle and must slide down the handle until the handle projections are contacted. The pipe should be secured to the handle, for example, by a pin, so that the pipe cannot fly off the handle if you lose control and let go. The increased leverage, by using a cheater pipe, can cause deformation and failure of the chain and load binder. During and after tightening chain, check load binder handle position. Be sure it is in the locked position and that its bottom side touches the chain link. Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting during transport. To be sure the load binder remains in proper position: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the loose end of chain around the handle and the tight chain, or tie handle to chain with soft wire. When releasing load binder, remember there is a great deal of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause the load binder handle to move very quickly with great force when it is unlatched. Move handle with caution. It may whip Keep body clear. Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release handle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and stay out of the path of handle as it moves upward. If you release the handle by hand, use an open hand under the handle and push upward. Do not close your hand around the handle. Always keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle.
WARNING
Failure to use this load binder properly may result in serious injury or even death Do not operate load binder while standIng on the load. Move handle with caution. It may whip Keep body clear. Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle. You must be familiar with state and federal regulations regarding size and number of chain systems required for securing loads on trucks. Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well as yourself when using load binder. While under tension, load binder must not bear against any object. Do not thow these instructions away. Keep them close at hand and share them with any others who use this load binder.
RATCHET TYPE
LEVER TYPE
INSTRUCTIONS - RATCHET LOAD BINDERS

LEVER SNUBBING TYPE LEVER WALKING TYPE
Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from the ground. Make sure your footing is secure.
Mechanical Advantage
Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1 Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1 Example: 100 pounds of effort applied to the binder results in the following force on the binder. Lever Type: 2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force LEVER RELEASING TYPE
HEADQUARTERS: 55
MAINTENANCE OF ALL LOAD BINDERS

Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks, nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present Do not use load binder. Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of Lever Binders, and pawl part and screw threads of Ratchet Binders to extend product life and reduce friction wear.
Ratchet Type: 5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
50
Load Binders - Crosby

STANDARD LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDERS

L-150
Forged SteelQuenched & Tempered. Binder toggles away from the load.
MIN-MAX CHAIN SIZE (IN.) WORKING LOAD PROOF LIMIT LOAD (LBS.) (LBS.) MINIMUM ULTIMATE WEIGHT HANDLE TAKE STRENGTH EACH LENGTH UP (LBS.) (LBS.) (IN.) (IN.)
MODEL
STOCK NO.
STD. PKG.
7-1 A-1 C-1
1048128 1048146 1048164
4 4 4
5/16-3/8 3/8-1/2 1/2-5/8
5400 9200 13000
10800 18400 26000
19000 33000 46000
7.02 12.47 19.68
16.00 18.69 21.00
4.50 4.50 4.75
CM RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER

Heavy duty, rigid, all steel construction. Short reach hooks for maximum take-up. Infinite adjustment. Continuous take-up. Meets DOT and CVSA specifications.
MAX SIZE (IN.) WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS.) PRODUCT CODE UPC 43927TAKE-UP (IN.) APPROX. WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)
3/8 5/8 1/2 5/8
G80, G43 G70 G70 G43
7,100 13,000
D48360 D48367
8176748360 30008
8 8
13 14
CM 3/8" LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDER

Provides more control in binding and releasing without extra tools. Handle closes down away from load with more leverage. Hooks are heat treated steel. Functionally superior to any other on the road. Handles are drop forged from special bar quality steel. Single welded links as in binder chain for better reliability. More take-up for binding greater loads. Smaller handle slot with riveted nose to prevent spreading at the critical loading point. Meets DOT and CVSA requirements.
CHAIN SIZE (IN.) CHAIN GRADE WORKING LOAD PRODUCT HANDLE TAKE-UP WEIGHT LENGTH (IN.) (IN.) (LBS.) LIMIT (LBS.)* CODE
3/8
HEADQUARTERS: 55
30, 43, 70, 80
7,100
D48769
16
4-7/8
8-1/4
www.hanessupply.com
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
51
Lebus Load Binders

STANDARD RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER
A G
B E1 OPEN E CLOSED F1 OPEN F CLOSED
L-140
Upgrade for use with Grade 7 Transport Chain - applies to R-7 only. Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks. New design "one piece" forged handle. Continuous take-up feature, infinite adjustment, gets the last half of chain. One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen. Ratchet spring rust proofed. All load bearing or holding parts forged. Easy operating positive ratchet. Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo Securement Guidelines, August 1993.
WORKING LOAD PROOF LIMIT LOAD (LBS.) (LBS.) MINIMUM ULTIMATE WEIGHT HANDLE TAKE STRENGTH EACH LENGTH UP (LBS.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) DIMENSIONS (IN.) A B C D E E1 F F1 G
MIN-MAX CHAIN SIZE MODEL STOCK NO. (IN.)
R-7 R-A R-C
1048404 5/16-3/8 1048422 3/8 -1/2 1048440 1/2-5/8
6600 9200 13000
13200 18400 26000
26000 33000 46000
11.23 12.83 14.55
14 14 14
10 10 10
8.0 8.0 8.0
14.00 14.00 14.00
1.38 1.38 1.38
2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 2.75 25.25 33.25 27.63 2.75 26.38 34.38 29.44
33.13 35.63 37.44
.50 .63 .72
NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually Proof Tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.
L-130 MIDGET LOAD BINDER

G
E B
D F
Forged handle, hooks and swivel link. Steel swivels and clevis. Meets or exceeds DOT and CVSA Cargo securement, August 1993.
L-130 STOCK NO MIN-MAX CHAIN SIZE (IN.) WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS.) ULTIMATE LOAD (LBS.) WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) TAKE UP (IN.)
C A
DIMENSIONS (IN.) A B C D E F G
MODEL
W -1
1048100
3/16 -1/4
1450
5100
2.57
2.40
16.13
13.63
11.00
11.25
6.25
6.58
.34
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
52
Nylon Web Sling Properties

Resistant to Alkalies Untreated approx. 6% stretch; treated approx. 10% stretch at rated capacity Temperature limit is 180F Contains red warning yarns Ratings based on straight pin diameter one-half the sling width. Subject to damage by sharp edges RATED CAPACITIES (LBS.)
WEB WIDTH CODE NUMBER
TC1-802 TC1-803 TC1-804 TC1-805 TC1-806 TC1-808 TC1-810 TC1-812 TC2-802 TC2-803 TC2-804 TC2-805 TC2-806 TT1-802 TT1-803 TT1-804 TT1-805 TT1-806 TT1-808 TT1-810 TT1-812 TT2-802 TT2-803 TT2-804 TT2-805 TT2-806 EE1-801 EE1-802 EE1-803 EE1-804 EE1-805 EE1-806 EE2-801 EE2-802 EE2-803 EE2-804 EE2-805 EE2-806 EN1-801 EN1-802 EN1-803 EN1-804 EN1-805 EN1-806 EN2-801 EN2-802 EN2-803 EN2-804 EN2-805 EN2-806
VERTICAL
3,200 4,800 6,400 8,000 9,600 12,800 16,000 19,200
CHOKER
2,500 3,800 5,000 6,400 7,700 10,200 12,800 15,400 5,000 6,900 9,200 11,200 13,400 1,250 2,500 3,800 5,000 6,400 7,700 2,500 5,000 6,900 9,200 10,900 13,000 2,500 5,000 6,900 9,200 10,900 13,000 4,900 9,800 13,000 16,500 19,600 23,000
BASKET
6,400 9,600 12,800 16,000 19,200 25,600 32,000 38,400 12,800 17,200 23,000 28,000 33,600 6,400 9,600 12,800 16,000 19,200 25,600 32,000 38,400 12,800 17,200 23,000 28,000 33,600 3,200 6,400 9,600 12,800 16,000 19,200 6,400 12,800 17,200 23,000 27,200 32,600 6,400 12,800 17,200 23,000 27,200 32,600 12,400 24,400 32,600 41,400 49,000 57,200
SINGLE PLY SLINGS
TYPE 1 SLINGS
CHOKER & BASKET HITCH TRIANGLE & CHOKER FITTINGS
2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6"
TWO PLY SLINGS

6,400 8,600 11,500 14,000 16,800
SINGLE PLY SLINGS
TYPE 2 SLINGS
BASKET & VERTICAL HITCHES ONLY TWO TRIANGLE FITTINGS
2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6"
3,200 4,800 6,400 8,000 9,600 12,800 16,000 19,200
TWO PLY SLINGS

6,400 8,600 11,500 14,000 16,800
SINGLE PLY SLINGS
TYPE 3 & 4 SLINGS

FLAT OR TWISTED EYES VERTICAL, CHOKER, BASKET HITCHES
1,600 3,200 4,800 6,400 8,000 9,600
TWO PLY SLINGS

3,200 6,400 8,600 11,500 13,600 16,300
SINGLE PLY SLINGS
TYPE 5 SLINGS
VERTICAL, CHOKER, BASKET HITCHES ENDLESS OR GROMMET TYPE
1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6"
3,200 6,400 8,600 11,500 13,600 16,300
TWO PLY SLINGS

6,200 12,200 16,300 20,700 24,500 28,600
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
53
Nylon Web Slings

BASIC SLING TYPES

Type 1 TC Slings
Slings with a triangle on one end and a slotted triangle (the choker) on the other end. Choice of lightweight aluminum or durable steel fittings.
HITCHES
Vertical Choker Basket
Type 2
TT Slings
Vertical Cher Basket
Slings with a triangle at both ends. Used in vertical and basket hitches only. Choice of lightweight aluminum or durable steel fittings. Vertical Choker Basket
Type 3
EE Slings
Slings with an eye on both ends. Choice of straight or tapered eyes (tapered eye are standard on 2" and larger web-widths).
Type 4
EE Slings
Same basic type as Type 3 but eyes are twisted to a right angle to the sling body. (Tapered eye are standard on 2" and larger web-widths). Vertical Choker Basket
Type 5
EN Slings
Endless slings, sometimes also referred to as grommet slings. The most versatile sling.
Type 6
RE Slings
Return eye sling, also referred to as reversed eye sling. Sling body is formed by 2 parts of webbing sewn side by side using either a cordura tube or web in the finished width.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
54
Nylon Web Slings

5.2 - MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS

5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8 5.2.9 Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load shall be within the rated capacity of the sling. Select the proper sling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and environment. Slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated capacity. Consideration should be given to the angle of lift (sling-to-load angle), which affects rated capacity. Slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitch shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking action is on the webbing, and never on the other fitting. Slings used in a basket hitch shall have the load balanced to prevent slippage. The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size to insure that the fitting will seat properly in the hook or other attachments. Slings shall always be protected from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces. Slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over an abrasive surface. Slings shall not be twisted or tied into knots, or joined by knotting.
5.2.10 Slings shall not be pulled from under loads when the load is resting on the sling. 5.2.11 Do not drop slings equipped with metal fittings. 5.2.12 Slings that appear to be damaged shall not be used unless inspected and accepted as usable under Section 5.2. 5.2.13 The sling shall be hitched in a manner providing control of the load. 5.2.14 Portions of the human body should be kept from between the sling and the load, and from between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook. 5.2.15 Personnel should stand clear of the suspended load. 5.2.16 Personnel shall not ride the sling. 5.2.17 Shock loading should be avoided. 5.2.18 Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided. 5.2.19 Load applied to the hook should be centered in the base (bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook. 5.2.20 During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall be alert for possible snagging. 5.2.21 The slings' legs (branches) should contain or support the load from the sides above the center of gravity when using a basket hitch. 5.2.22 Slings shall be long enough so that the rated load (rated capacity) is adequate when the angle of the legs (branches) is taken into consideration.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
55
Nylon Web Slings

5.3 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

5.3.1 5.3.2 Slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place, and should not be exposed to sunlight, to prevent mechanical or chemical damage when not in use. Chemically active environments can affect the strength of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from none to total degradation. The sling manufacturer should be consulted before slings are used in chemically active environments. a. ACIDS 1. Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from none to total degradation. 2. Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from none to moderate in some acids. 3. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following: i Type of Acid ii Exposure to conditions iii Concentration iv Temperature b. ALKALIS 1. Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging from none to total degradation. 2. Nylon is resistant to many alkalis, but is subject to degradation ranging from none to moderate in some alkalis. 3. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following: i Type of Alkali ii. Exposure to conditions iii Concentration iv Temperature Nylon and polyester slings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 180F (85C), however, they may be used in temperatures as low as -40F (-40C). Slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present. Environments in which synthetic webbing slings are continuously exposed to ultra-violet light can affect the strength of synthetic webbing slings in varying degrees ranging from slight to total degradation. a. Factors which affect the degree of strength loss are: 1. Length of time of continuous exposure 2. Sling construction and design 3. Other environmental factors such as weather conditions and geographic location. b. Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of ultra-violet light 1. Store slings in a cool, dry and dark place when not being used for prolonged periods of time 2. Inspect slings weekly or more often depending on frequency of sling use c. Visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are: 1. Bleaching out of sling color 2. Increased stiffness of sling material 3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact with the load. d. Proof-Testing Slings used in environments where they are subject to continuous exposure to ultra-violet light should be proof-tested to two times rated capacity annually, or more frequently depending on severity of exposure.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
5.3.3 5.3.4 5.3.5
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
56
Nylon Web Slings

5.4 - INSPECTION
5.4.1 TYPE OF INSPECTION a. INITIAL INSPECTION Before any new or repaired sling is placed in service, it shall be inspected to insure that the correct sling is being used, as well as to determine that the sling meets the requirements of this specification. b. FREQUENT INSPECTION This inspection should be made by the person handling the sling each time the sling is used. c. PERIODIC INSPECTION This inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of inspection should be based on: 1. Frequency of sling use 2. Severity of service conditions 3. Experience gained on the service life of slings used in similar applications 4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least monthly
5.5 - POSSIBLE DEFECTS

5.5.1 A sling shall be removed from service if any defects such as the following are visible: a. Acid or alkali burns b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the sling c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices e. Excessive abrasive wear f. Knots in any part of the sling g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or broken fittings h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the strength of the sling i. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification is missing or not readable
5.6 - INSPECTION RECORDS

5.6.1 Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for each sling as established by the user, should be kept on file for all slings. These records should show a description of the new sling and its condition on each subsequent inspection.
5.7 - REPAIR OF WEB SLINGS

5.7.1 Slings shall be repaired only by a sling manufacturer. When repaired by other than the original manufacturer, the sling shall be permanently marked to identify the repair agent. All repaired slings shall be proof-tested to two (2) times its newly assigned rated capacity, berfore being put back into service. Certification of proof-test should be provided. Temporary repairs of either webbing, fittings, or stitching shall not be permitted.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
5.7.2
5.7.3
HEADQUARTERS: 55
www.hanessupply.com
57
Polyester Ratchet Assembly

TRUCKER TIE DOWN AND LASHING EQUIPMENT

RATCHET STRAPS Designed to handle most types of flatbed tie-down requirements. All straps have an 18" fixed end as standard, except for straps with 3705-2 and 3705-3 chain anchors which have a fixed end of 30." Special length fixed ends and alternate end hardware available through Hanes Supply. Labeled to meet CVSA guidelines, DOT regulations and WSTDA recommended standards.
2" RATCHET STRAP W/804 WIDE HANDLE AND 2004 WEBBING 10,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH STRAP END LENGTH HARDWARE WLL 27' 1015 3,335 lbs. Flat Hook 1515 kgs. 30' 27' 27' 3705-2 Chain Anchor 1006 Wire Hook 3,335 lbs. 1515 kgs. 3,335 lbs. 1515 kgs.
3" RATCHET STRAP W/806 LONG HANDLE AND 3004 WEBBING STRAP LENGTH 27' 30' STRAP LENGTH 27' 30' 27' 30' END HARDWARE 1021-3 Flat Hook END HARDWARE WLL 5,000 lbs. 2270 kgs. 15,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH WLL
3705-3 5,400 lbs. Chain Anchor 2450 kgs. 3704 Grab Hook 5,400 lbs. 2450 kgs.
16,200 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH
4" RATCHET STRAP W/808 LONG HANDLE AND 4004 WEBBING STRAP LENGTH 27' 30' STRAP LENGTH 27' 30' END HARDWARE 1021-3 Flat Hook END HARDWARE 1016 Wire Hook WLL 5,000 lbs. 2270 kgs. 15,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH WLL 6,600 lbs. 2995 kgs. 20,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
58
Polyester Ratchet Assembly

TRUCKER TIE DOWN AND LASHING EQUIPMENT

STRAP-ALL STRAPS Light duty tie-down
RATCHET STRAP WITH 800 RATCHET, WIRE HOOKS AND D RINGS Breaking Strength: 2,500 lbs./1135 kgs. WLL: 835 lbs./380 kgs.
711681/45 - 16'
RATCHET STRAP WITH 800 RATCHET AND VINYL COATED S HOOKS Breaking Strength: 1,200 lbs. WLL: 400 lbs.
710987 - 9'
LOGISTIC STRAPS Designed for interior van loading requirements. All straps have a 4' fixed end as standard. Adjustable ends are sewn captivated.
2" LOGISTIC STRAPS W / 811 RATCHET BUCKLE AND 4900 WEBBING STRAP ASSY. LENGTH END BREAKING (FT) HARDWARE STRENGTH WLL 12 Series E, A FE8306-1 3,000 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 16 Spring 1360 kgs. 455 kgs. 20 Fitting 12 Series E, A 43020-1 3,000 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 16 3-Piece 1360 kgs. 455 kgs. 20 Fitting 12 Series F 1831 1,250 lbs. 420 lbs. 16 Butterfly 570 kgs. 195 kgs. 20 Fitting 12 Series F FE8427-1 2,200 lbs. 735 kgs. 16 Plate Trailer 1000 kgs. 335 kgs. 20 Hook
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
59
Manual Hoists - Puller

CM PULLER
CM Puller is designed for heavy-duty construction and industrial applications. Used to pull, lift, drag or stretch, it features: Tough aluminum alloy construction and powder coat finish. Weatherproof for outdoor service. Simple construction with fewer parts for ease of maintenance. Hoistaloy hardened steel link type load chain for strength, long wear life and flexibility. Weatherized Weston-type automatic braking system for positive load control. Easy, one-hand operation and control only 58 pounds of pull required for 3/4 ton model capacity. Forged upper and lower hooks with latches standard. Free wheeling for fast and easy attachment to load. Upper and lower Latchlok hooks available for all capacities. Optional Load Limiter protection device stops transmission of lever forces protecting against dangerous overload. Optional anchor sling simplifies attachment to allow anchor hook to swivel in tight space applications (3/4 & 1-1/2 ton units only). Optional Load Sentry warns of overload condition. Optional shorter lever for 3/4 and 1-1/2 ton units available. Optional zinc-plated chain available. Unlimited lift. Lifetime warranty. Made in U.S.A.
3/4 ton Puller Shown Also available in 1-1/2, 3 & 6 ton capacity
Optional Load Security
RATED CAPACITY (TONS)
PROD. CODE
PULL TO MINIMUM HOOK APPROX. STD. LIFT FULL DISTANCE LEVER THROAT SHIPPING LIFT LOADS BETWEEN LENGTH OPENINGS WEIGHT (FT) (LBS) HOOKS (IN) (IN) REEVING (IN) (LBS)
3/4 1-1/2 3 6
4043 4045 4047 4050
5 5 5 5
58 89 95 96
10-3/4 14-1/4 16-15/16 21-3/8
21-1/4 21-1/4 21-1/4 21-1/4
1 1 2 4
1-1/32 1-1/8 1-7/32 1-3/4
16 16 38 73
Can be supplied with lifts longer than 5 feet
Optional Load Limiter
Latchlok type hook
Optional anchor sling (3/4 & 1-1/2 ton)
CM SHORT HANDLE PULLER

Easy one-hand operation. Lever pull range is 45 to 62 pounds to lift full load. Handle that rotates 360O, making it easy to operate in any position and in small spaces. Tough yet lightweight aluminum construction and powder coat finish. Free chaining for fast, easy attachment to load. Forged upper and lower hooks with latches. Simple construction with fewer parts for ease of maintenance. Optional Load Limiter device protects against overload
3/4 ton Puller Shown Also available in 1-1/2 & 3 ton capacity
Lifetime warranty CM Hoistaloy hardened steel load chain Made in U.S.A. for strength, long wear life and flexibility.
PULL TO HOOK RATED STD. LIFT FULL LEVER THROAT CAPACITY PRODUCT LIFT LOAD LENGTH OPENING (TONS) CODE (FT) REEVING (LBS) (IN.) (IN) MIN. DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS (IN) APPROX. SHIPPING WT. (LBS)
3/4 1-1/2 3
7300P 7320P 7330P
5 5 5
1 1 2
45 55 62
12 16-3/4 16-3/4
1-1/32 1-1/8 1-3/16
12-1/4 14-3/4 17-5/8
16 27 40
Optional kits also available - Load Limiter, Anchor Sling & Latchlok Hook. Call Hanes Supply for complete details.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
60
Manual Hoists - Cyclone

CM CYCLONE HAND CHAIN HOIST

One of the most popular and reliable hoists ever designed, the CM Cyclone combines superior engineering, efficiency and durability. Available in a variety of capacities from 1/4 ton to 10 tons, CM Cyclone features: Most interchangeability of parts in the industry. Standard Load Limiter for simple, automatic overload protection. Enclosed contoured Weston-type automatic brake for positive load control. High-efficiency spur gearing for greater lift with minimum effort. Rugged CM Hoistaloy chain for added strength and durability. Fully machined, forged liftwheel pickets for easier lifting and smooth free chaining.
MINIMUM RATED CAPACITY PRODUCT (TONS) CODE STANDARD LIFT (FT.) REEVING DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS (IN.)
High-strength aluminum alloy castings in frame and covers. Inspected over 75 times to meet or exceed HMI and ASME/ANSI performance and safety standards. Standard hand chain drop is 2 feet less than lift, (example: 8 foot lift hoist has 6 foot hand chain drop). Chain containers, zinc-plated load and hand chain, aluminum unwelded hand chain, Latchlok hooks, bronze hooks, eye-type suspension, bullard hooks and units without Load Limiter optional, depending on capacity. Lifetime warranty. Made in U.S.A.
CHAIN OVERHAULED TO LIFT LOAD ONE FOOT (FT.) CHAIN PULL SHIPPING TO LIFT FULL WEIGHT (LBS.) (LBS.)
1/4 to 2 Ton Capacity
1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
4621 4622 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 4 5
12-7/8 12-7/8 14 17-5/16 17-5/16 21-1/2 21-1/2 24-1/4 25-1/4 34-1/2 35-1/2
22-1/2 22-1/2 30 40-1/2 52 81 104 156 156 208 260
23 46 69 80 83 85 88 75 90 89 95
37 37 40 65 64 96 96 128 132 235 249
Can be supplied with longer lifts
3 and 4 Ton Capacity

HEADQUARTERS: 55
5 and 6 Ton Capacity
8 Ton Capacity
10 Ton Capacity
Hanes Supply 25 Ton Capacity Test Stand www.hanessupply.com
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
61
Manual Hoists - LHH

LHH HAND CHAIN HOIST

Coffing LHH Models - Stamped steel hand chain hoists are an excellent low cost option in the Coffing line. The compact, lighweight design is ideal for construction and contractor applications where portability and easy rigging are critical. Capacities and Lift - Rated loads from 1/2 to 20 tons in stock with standard lifts of 10, 15 and 20 feet. Standard hand chain drop is 2 feet less than lift. Other lifts and hand chain drops, and 25 - 50 Ton models available - Please contact Hanes Supply for details. Compact and Light Weight - Designed for portability and easy installation. Compact gear housing provides low headroom. Easy to Operate - Lubricated bearings and bushings, bearing mounted pinions,
CAPACITY (LBS) (TONS) MODEL LIFTS (FT)** STRANDS OF LOAD CHAIN
and heat-treated spur gearing ensure smooth and efficient operation with minimal effort. Safety and Load Control - Mechanical load brake engages instantly for precise load holding and positioning. 360 degree swivel hooks with safety latches for positive load engagement. Durable - Through-hardened load chain provides added strength and wear resistance for greater chain life. Stamped steel housing withstands rugged conditions. Easy to Maintain - Designed for easy maintenance. Hoist can be dismantled easily with simple hand tools. Lifetime Warranty.
MINIMUM HEADROOM (IN)
AVG. OVERHAUL FOR 1 FT. LIFT (FT)
NET PULL WT. FOR TO LIFT 10 FT. RATED LIFT LOAD (LBS) (LBS)
1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 16,000 20,000 24,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 80,000 100,000
1/2 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 8 10 12 15 20 25* 30* 40* 50*
LHH-1/2 10/15/20 LHH-1 10/15/20 LHH-1-1/2 10/15/20 LHH-2 LHH-3 LHH-5 LHH-8 LHH-12 LHH-12 LHH-15 LHH-20 LHH-25 LHH-30 LHH-40 LHH-50 10/15/20 10/15/20 10/15/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10 10 10 10 10
1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 5 5 6 8 10 14 20
10-1/4 11-13/16 13-9/16 15 17-1/8 22-5/8 32-1/2 32-1/2 50-5/8 50-5/8 52-3/8 52-7/8 65 73-5/16 77-5/8
32 56 75 75 95 203 312.5 312.5 526 526 312.5 x 2 416.7 x 2 526.3 x 2 714.3 x 2 1000 x 2
55 53 65 74 84 79 77 95 84 103 99 x 2 97 x 2 104 x 2 104 x 2 104 x 2
19 25 36 45 66 75 158 158 328 328 535 680 945 1,400 1,840
1/4 to 50 Ton Capacity
*25, 30, 40 and 50 ton models available by special order - contact Hanes Supply for more details. **Standard lifts shown. Other lifts available - contact Hanes Supply for more details. LHH-20 through LHH-50 models have two hand chains. NOTE: Please contact Hanes Supply for complete dimensional data.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
62
Powered Chain Hoists - Lodestar

CM LODESTAR ELECTRIC CHAIN HOIST

The balanced, integrated, proven design of the Lodestar has made it the most popular electric chain hoist in the industry. Lodestar gives you more value for your money including: Up to 3 ton capacities for heavy-duty industrial applications. Gear train lifetime lubricated with non-oxidizing grease. Precision machined and hardened liftwheel with hardened chain guides for precise chain liftwheel fit. Grearing designed for exceptionally long life and quiet operation. H4 duty standard. Rugged control station (NEMA 4). Hoist duty motor, standard Protector overload device and standard screw type limit switches. Hardened, forged steel, latch type hooks and Hoistaloy load chain for long, dependable service. Easy to install and maintain. No special tools required to disassemble. High reliability and long life. Designed for greater productivity, efficiency and economy. Lifetime warranty. Each hoist thoroughly inspected and tested to over 125% of rated load prior to shipment. Meets ASME B30.16. Made in U.S.A.
Special Applications
Harsh environment hoists available for severe duty of plating, galvanizing and washdown applications. Hoists with climbing capability available for temporary rigging of lifting applications must be used in inverted position only. Hoists with creep control allow precise positioning through field adjustment within the range of approximately 1/16" to 1/2".
Hook Suspension Motorized
Plain Trolley
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
63
Wire Mesh Slings

LIKE A GIANT HAND...
STRONG, GENTLE GRIP SAFE, SURE BALANCE MAKES
GRIPPER
WOVEN WIRE
SLINGS
BEST FOR FAST, SAFE, EASY LIFTS

Safer than wire rope, gentle as canvas, flexible as manila...that's only a part of the story of the Gripper Sling the ultimate in versatile materials handling tools. Like a giant hand, Gripper Slings grasp and hold the load in a strong, gentle grip when used in a choke hitch... safely and gently cradle it on a broad, flat surface in a basket hitch. Whatever the size or shape of the load you handle rounds, flats, hexes or squares--Gripper Slings can reduce load damage in production or shipping, provide greater safety for load and operator, cut rigging and unhitching time and eliminate the need for two-legged slings. Here's how NO LOAD DAMAGE The unique woven wire construction of Gripper Slings consists of a series of smooth, spiral wires joined together across the body of the sling. This gives the sling complete flexibility, enabling it to bend easily around even irregularly shaped loads and eliminating the danger of gouging or marring edges of the load members. For turned or ground surfaces, PVS or Neoprene-covered slings assure extremely delicate handling. SAFE The wide bearing surface of the Gripper Sling provides better load balance and gripping power...less crushing effect when handling hollow tubing or similar parts. Its instant gripping action means there's no slipping of shifting when load is applied. All metal construction means there's no core to rot, nothing to tear suddenly. Gripper Slings will not whip, kink or tangle, and there are no loose strands to snag load or operator. As for rigging and hitching, a single man can easily do the job. STRONG Thousands of spiral wire loops in a transverse construction give Gripper Slings exceptionally long life. Should a single wire break, the slack is absorbed by the rest of the sling. Gripper Slings are pretested and guaranteed to meet load specifications. Standard lengths and widths with capacities up to 100,000 lbs. are available. Special sizes and corrosion resistant alloys available on request.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
64
Wire Mesh Slings

HOW TO SELECT PROPER SLING WIDTH

First, determine the hitch you will use for the guage slected. Then read down the column under the selected hitch and guage to the load weight you wish to lift. Then read across to the first column at left to find sling width required. Example: You wish to use a G-43 sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400 poiunds. Sling width required is 8".
EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH
60 30
45 45
30 60
NOMINAL WIDTH OF SLING (IN)
CHOKER
VERTICAL BASKET
30 VERT. 60 HORZ.
45 VERT. 45 HORZ.
60 VERT. 30 HORZ.
G-35 HEAVY DUTY
G-43 MED. DUTY
G-59 LIGHT DUTY
2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
1,600 3,000 4,400 6,600 8,800 11,000 13,200 15,400 17,600 19,800 22,000 1,450 2,175 2,900 4,800 6,400 8,000 9,600 11,200 12,800 13,500 15,000 900 1,400 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000
3,200 6,000 8,800 13,200 17,600 22,000 26,440 30,800 35,200 39,600 44,000 2,900 4,350 5,800 9,600 12,800 16,000 19,200 22,400 25,600 27,000 30,000 1,800 2,800 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 18,000 20,000
2,700 5,100 7,480 11,225 15,000 18,700 22,440 26,180 29,920 33,660 37,400 2,320 3,700 4,900 8,150 10,880 13,600 16,300 19,000 21,700 22,900 25,500 1,600 2,400 3,500 5,200 6,900 8,600 10,400 12,100 13,900 15,600 17,300
2,000 3,800 5,600 8,400 11,250 14,000 16,800 19,600 22,400 25,200 28,000 1,740 2,700 3,670 6,100 8,100 10,200 12,000 14,000 16,200 17,000 19,000 1,300 2,000 2,800 4,200 5,700 7,100 8,500 9,900 11,300 12,700 14,100
1,600 2,800 4,400 6,600 8,800 11,000 13,200 15,400 17,600 19,800 22,000 1,450 2,175 2,900 4,800 6,400 8,000 9,600 11,200 12,800 13,500 15,000 900 1,400 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000
SAFETY FACTOR OF 5
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
65
Rope Slings
MANILA ROPE SLINGS

Table H-15
NOM. WGT. MIN. PER BREAK 100 FT. STRENGTH VERT. (LBS.) (LBS.) HITCH RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL 90 60 45 30 90 60 45 30 ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL VERT CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL 0 30 45 60 HITCH HITCH 0 30 45 60
ROPE DIA. NOM. (IN.)
CHOKER HITCH
1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/3 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-5/8
7.5 10.4 13.3 16.7 19.5 22.5 27.0 31.3 36.0 41.7 47.9 59.9 74.6 89.3 107.5 125.0 146.0 166.7 190.8
2,650 3,450 4,400 5,400 6,500 7,700 9,000 10,500 12,000 13,500 15,000 18,500 22,500 36,500 31,000 36,000 41,000 46,500 52,000
550 700 900 1,100 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 2,400 2,700 3,000 3,700 4,500 5,300 6,200 7,200 8,200 9,300 10,500
250 350 450 550 650 750 900 1,100 1,200 1,400 1,500 1,850 2,300 2,700 3,100 3,600 4,100 4,700 5,200
1,100 1,400 1,800 2,200 2,600 3,100 3,600 4,200 4,800 5,400 6,000 7,400 9,000 10,500 12,500 14,500 16,500 18,500 21,000
900 1,200 1,500 1,900 2,300 2,700 3,100 3,600 4,200 4,700 5,200 6,400 7,800 9,200 10,500 12,500 14,000 16,000 18,000
750 1,000 1,200 1,500 1,800 2,200 2,600 3,000 3,400 3,800 4,300 5,200 6,400 7,500 8,800 10,000 11,500 13,000 14,500
550 700 900 1,100 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 2,400 2,700 3,000 3,700 4,500 5,300 6,200 7,200 8,200 9,300 10,500
950 1,200 1,600 2,000 2,300 2,800 3,200 3,800 4,300 4,900 5,400 6,700 8,100 9,500 11,000 13,000 15,000 16,500 18,500
500 600 800 950 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,900 2,200 2,400 2,700 3,300 4,100 4,800 5,600 6,500 7,400 8,400 9,500
1,900 2,500 3,200 3,900 4,700 5,600 6,500 7,600 8,600 9,700 11,000 13,500 16,000 19,000 22,500 26,000 29,500 33,500 37,500
1,700 2,200 2,700 3,400 4,100 4,800 5,600 6,600 7,500 8,400 9,400 11,500 14,000 16,500 19,500 22,500 25,500 29,000 32,500
1,400 1,800 2,200 2,800 3,300 3,900 4,600 5,400 6,100 6,900 7,700 9,400 11,500 13,500 16,000 18,500 21,000 23,500 26,500
950 1,200 1,600 2,000 2,300 2,800 3,200 3,800 4,300 4,900 5,400 6,700 8,000 9,500 11,000 13,000 15,000 16,500 18,500
NYLON ROPE SLINGS

Table H-16
CHOKER HITCH
1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-5/8
6.5 8.3 10.5 14.5 17.0 20.0 26.0 29.0 34.0 40.0 45.0 55.0 68.0 83.0 95.0 109.0 129.0 149.0 168.0
6,080 7,600 9,800 13,490 16,150 19,000 23,750 27,360 31,350 35,625 40,850 50,530 61,750 74,100 87,400 100,700 118,750 133,000 153,900
700 850 1,100 1,500 1,800 2,100 2,600 3,000 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,600 6,900 8,200 9,700 11,000 13,000 15,000 17,100
350 400 550 750 900 1,100 1,300 1,500 1,700 2,000 2,300 2,800 3,400 4,100 4,900 5,600 6,600 7,400 8,600
1,400 1,700 2,200 3,000 3,600 4,200 5,300 6,100 7,000 7,900 9,100 11,000 13,500 16,500 19,500 22,500 26,500 29,500 34,000
1,200 1,500 1,900 2,600 3,100 3,700 4,600 5,300 6,000 6,900 7,900 9,700 12,000 14,500 17,000 19,500 23,000 25,500 29,500
950 1,200 1,600 2,100 2,600 3,000 3,700 4,300 5,000 5,600 6,400 7,900 9,700 11,500 13,500 16,000 18,500 21,000 24,000
700 850 1,100 1,500 1,800 2,100 2,600 3,000 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,600 6,900 8,200 9,700 11,000 13,000 15,000 17,000
1,200 1,500 2,000 2,700 3,200 3,800 4,800 5,500 6,300 7,100 8,200 10,000 12,500 15,000 17,500 20,000 24,000 26,500 31,000
600 750 1,000 1,400 1,600 1,900 2,400 2,700 3,100 3,600 4,100 5,000 6,200 7,400 8,700 10,000 12,000 13,500 15,500
2,400 3,000 4,000 5,400 6,400 7,600 9,500 11,000 12,500 14,500 16,500 20,000 24,500 29,500 35,000 40,500 47,500 53,000 61,500
2,100 2,600 3,400 4,700 5,600 6,600 8,200 9,500 11,000 12,500 14,000 17,500 21,500 27,500 30,500 35,000 41,000 46,000 53,500
1,700 2,200 2,800 3,800 4,600 5,400 6,700 7,700 8,900 10,000 12,000 14,000 17,500 21,000 24,500 28,500 33,500 37,500 43,500
1,200 1,500 2,000 2,700 3,200 3,800 4,800 5,500 6,300 7,100 8,200 10,000 12,500 15,000 17,500 20,000 24,000 26,500 31,000
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
66
Synthetic Rope Slings

POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS

Table H-17
CHOKER HITCH
1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-5/8
8.0 10.2 13.0 17.5 21.0 25.0 30.5 34.5 40.0 46.3 52.5 66.8 82.0 82.0 118.0 135.0 157.0 181.0 205.0
6,080 7,600 9,500 11,875 14,725 17,100 20,900 24,225 28,025 31,540 35,625 44,460 54,150 64,410 76,000 87,400 101,650 115,900 130,150
700 850 1,100 1,300 1,600 1,900 2,300 2,700 3,100 3,500 4,000 4,900 6,000 7,200 8,400 9,700 11,500 13,000 14,500
350 400 550 650 800 950 1,200 1,300 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,600 4,200 4,900 5,700 6,400 7,200
1,400 1,700 2,100 2,600 3,300 3,800 4,600 5,400 6,200 7,000 7,900 9,900 12,000 14,500 17,000 19,500 22,500 26,000 29,000
1,200 1,500 1,800 2,300 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,700 5,400 6,100 6,900 8,600 10,400 12,500 14,500 17,000 19,500 22,500 25,000
950 1,200 1,500 1,900 2,300 2,700 3,300 3,800 4,400 5,000 5,600 7,000 8,500 10,000 12,000 13,500 16,000 18,000 20,500
700 850 1,100 1,300 1,600 1,900 2,300 2,700 3,100 3,500 4,000 4,900 6,000 7,200 8,400 9,700 11,500 13,000 14,500
1,200 1,500 1,900 2,400 2,900 3,400 4,200 4,800 5,600 6,300 7,100 8,900 11,000 13,000 15,000 17,500 20,500 23,000 26,000
600 600 950 1,200 1,500 1,700 2,100 2,400 2,800 3,200 3,600 4,400 5,400 6,400 7,600 8,700 10,000 11,500 13,000
2,400 2,400 3,800 4,800 5,900 6,800 8,400 9,700 11,000 12,500 14,500 18,000 21,500 26,000 30,500 35,000 40,500 46,500 52,000
2,100 2,100 3,300 4,100 5,100 5,900 7,200 8,400 9,700 11,000 12,500 15,500 19,000 22,500 26,500 30,500 35,000 40,000 45,000
1,700 1,700 2,700 3,400 4,200 4,800 5,900 6,900 7,900 8,900 10,000 12,500 15,500 18,000 21,500 24,500 29,000 33,000 37,000
1,200 1,200 1,900 2,400 2,900 3,400 4,200 4,800 5,600 6,300 7,100 8,900 11,000 13,000 15,000 17,500 20,500 23,000 26,000
POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS

Table H-18
CHOKER HITCH
1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-5/8
4.7 6.1 7.5 10.7 12.7 15.0 18.0 20.4 23.7 27.0 30.5 38.5 47.5 57.0 69.0 80.0 92.0 107.0 120.0
3,900 4,845 5,890 8,075 9,405 10,925 13,300 15,200 17,385 19,950 22,325 28,215 34,200 40,850 49,400 57,950 65,550 76,000 85,500
650 800 1,000 1,300 1,600 1,800 2,200 2,500 2,900 3,300 3,700 4,700 5,700 6,800 8,200 9,700 11,000 12,500 14,500
350 400 500 700 800 900 1,100 1,300 1,500 1,700 1,900 2,400 2,900 3,400 4,100 4,800 5,500 6,300 7,100
1,300 1,600 2,000 2,700 3,100 3,600 4,400 5,100 5,800 6,700 7,400 9,400 11,500 13,500 16,500 19,500 22,000 25,500 28,500
1,200 1,400 1,700 2,300 2,700 3,200 3,800 4,400 5,000 5,800 6,400 8,100 9,900 12,000 14,500 16,500 19,000 22,000 24,500
950 1,100 1,400 1,900 2,200 2,600 3,100 3,600 4,100 4,700 5,300 6,700 8,100 9,600 11,500 13,500 15,500 18,000 20,000
650 650 1,000 1,300 1,600 1,800 2,200 2,500 2,900 3,300 3,700 4,700 5,700 6,800 8,200 9,700 11,000 12,500 14,500
1,200 1,200 1,800 2,400 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,600 5,200 6,000 6,700 8,500 10,500 12,500 15,000 17,500 19,500 23,000 25,500
600 600 900 1,200 1,400 1,600 2,000 2,300 2,600 3,000 3,400 4,200 5,100 6,100 7,400 8,700 9,900 11,500 13,000
2,400 2,400 3,500 4,900 5,600 6,600 8,000 9,100 10,500 12,000 13,500 17,000 20,500 24,500 29,500 35,000 39,500 45,500 51,500
2,100 2,100 3,100 4,200 4,900 5,700 6,900 7,900 9,000 10,500 11,500 14,500 18,000 21,000 25,500 30,100 34,000 39,500 44,500
1,700 1,700 2,500 3,400 4,000 4,600 5,600 6,500 7,400 8,500 9,500 12,000 14,500 17,500 21,500 24,500 28,000 32,500 36,500
1,200 1,200 1,800 2,400 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,600 5,200 6,000 6,700 8,500 10,500 12,500 15,000 17,500 19,500 23,000 25,500
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
67
Rope Specifications
ROPE SPECIFICATIONS
THREE STRAND AND EIGHT STRAND STANDARD LAY ROPES
POLYPRO DIA. (IN.) 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-7/8 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 4 CIR. (IN.) 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/4 2-3/4 3 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 10 11 12 LBS. PER 100' FEET PER LB. BRK. STGTH. (LBS.) 800 1,250 1,900 2,700 3,500 4,200 6,200 8,500 11,500 14,000 18,300 21,000 23,500 29,700 36,000 43,000 53,000 LBS. PER 100'
NYLON FEET BRK. PER STGTH. LB. (LBS.) 1,000 1,650 2,550 3,700 5,000 6,400 10,400 14,000 20,000 25,000 33,000 37,500 43,000 53,000 65,000 78,000 92,000
POLYESTER LBS. PER 100' 1.2 2.0 3.1 4.5 6.2 8.0 13.0 17.5 25.0 30.5 40.0 46.3 52.5 66.8 82.0 98.0 118.0 FEET BRK. PER STGET. LB. (LBS.) 83.4 50.0 32.2 22.2 16.1 12.5 7.7 5.7 4.0 3.3 2.5 2.5 1.9 1.5 1.2 1.02 .85 .75 .64 850 1,650 2,550 3,700 5,000 6,400 10,000 12,500 18,000 22,000 29,500 33,200 37,500 46,800 57,000 67,800 75,000 81,000 96,000 LBS. PER 100' 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.3 7.5 13.3 16.7 22.0 27.0 36.0 42.0 48.0 60.0 75.0 90.0 108.0 125.0 146.0 167.0 191.0 213.0 242.0 299.0 367.0 436.0
MANILA FEET PER LB. 66.7 50.0 35.0 25.0 19.0 13.3 7.5 6.0 4.5 3.7 2.8 2.4 2.2 1.7 1.3 1.1 .93 .79 .69 .59 .53 .47 .42 .33 .28 .23 BRK. STGTH. (LBS.) 450 600 1,000 1,350 1,750 2.650 4,400 5,400 7,700 9,000 12,000 13,500 18,500 22,500 26,500 31,000 36,000 41,000 46,500 52,000 58,000 64,000 77,000 91,000 105,000
.75 133.0 1.2 1.8 2.8 3.8 4.7 7.5 10.7 15.0 18.0 23.7 27.0 30.5 38.5 47.5 57.0 69.0 80.0 92.0 107.0 120.0 137.0 153.0 190.0 232.0 275.0 83.4 55.6 35.7 26.3 21.3 13.3 9.3 6.7 5.5 4.2 3.7 3.3 2.6 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.1 .93 .83 .73 .65 .52 .43 .36
1.0 100.0 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 6.5 10.5 14.5 20.0 26.0 34.0 40.0 45.0 55.0 68.0 83.0 95.0 66.7 40.0 28.5 20.0 15.4 9.5 6.9 5.0 3.8 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.1 .92 .77 .67 .59 .53 .47 .38 .31 .26
62,000 109.0 70,000 129.0 80,500 150.0 90,000 168.0 100,000 189.0 116,000 210.0 137,000 263.0 162,000 316.0 190,000 379.0
105,000 135.0 125,000 157.0 138,000 181.0 154,000 205.0 173,000 230.0 195,000 258.0 238,000 319.0 288,000 384.0 342,000 460.0
.55 110,000 .49 125,000 .43 140,000 .39 158,000 .31 190,000 .26 230,000 .21 275,000
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
68
Winch Lines
USAGE / MAINTENANCE GUIDE

2-in-1 DOUBLE BRAIDED ROPE
Samson 2-IN1 Double Braided Rope is actually two ropes in one. First the braided core is constructed. A second rope is then braided over it to form the cover. You then have two ropes performing as a single integrated strength member. By altering the construction of the core and/or cover, it is possible to engineer a rope with specific performance characteristics. Braided Core Rope
Parallay Design
is a twisting and braiding process that orients all the fibers parallel to the axis of the rope. Braided Cover Rope Samson Product Identification Tracer For Example: STABLE BRAID Balanced construction core and cover share the load equally NYSTRON Fiber selection different fiber combinations in the core and cover to meet specific performance requirements SPECTRON II Imbalanced construction core and cover have different load sharing capabilities. Coatings may be applied to selected sections or to continuous long lengths.
WINCH LINE SELECTION GUIDE

SIZE (Dia.)
Approx. Avg. Tensile Lbs. Approx. Wgt. Per 100 Ft. Lbs.
ELASTIC ELONGATION*
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
3/4" 13/16" 7/8"
1"
1-1/8" 1-1/4" 10% 20% 30%
STABLE BRAID STABLE BRAID

9,870 12,600 15,500 19,400 8.5 10.9 13.7 17.2 28,400 37,200 45,800 54,400 25.9 34.4 42.7 51.2 1.1 1.7 2.7
NYSTROM NYSTROM
Approx. Avg. Tensile Lbs. Approx. Wgt. Per 100 Ft. Lbs. 10,500 13,200 16,300 23,000 7.7 10.0 12.6 17.3 30,800 40,400 49,800 59,100 23.7 31.5 39.2 46.9 3.7 5.3 6.9
SPECTRON II SPECTRON II
Approx. Avg. Tensile Lbs. Approx. Wgt. Per 100 Ft. Lbs. 15,500 22,000 27,000 35,000 40,000 50,000 57,000 72,900 81,000 8.1 9.8 12.3 15.7 19.9 24.3 27.8 34.6 40.2 .57 .76 .92
*Elastic Elongation after 50 Cycles from 2000D2 HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
69
Winch Lines
GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF SAMSON WINCH LINES

ROPE STRENGTH
Note carefully the quoted breaking strengths of the various Samson Braid sizes. These are approximate average breaking strengths and are subject to a plus or minus 5% testing tolerance. Advertised breaking strengths are determined by the standard cordage testing and do not cover conditions such as sustained loads or shock loading. These strengths are attained under laboratory conditions. Remember also, that this is a breaking strength--not a recommended working load capacity. (See next paragraph for working load factors.)
Do not attach end of line to drum by using core only.
ASSIGNED WORKING LOAD FACTORS

Will vary in accordance with varying safety practices and policies of different utilities and industrial users. However, our recommendation, and one that is fairly well accepted in the industry, is a minimum 5:1 working load factor. Thus, your maximum work load should be approximately 20% of the quoted breaking strength. This factor will provide greater safety and extended service life of the winch line. A low working load factor is not only dangerous, but poor economy as it overworks the fibers and shortens the life of the line.
DETERMINING LENGTH OF ROPE THAT CAN BE PUT ON A WINCH

The formula for rope capacity on a winch drum is: Length to be stored = A(B2 - C2) 15.3 x dia of rope 2 A, B, C, and diameter are in inches.
DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
Samson Stable Braid, Nystron, and Spectron II have been described as a "non-conductor". It is our hope that it is never turned over to a line crew on these terms. It is important to note that most quoted Dielectric Properties are results obtained from new, clean rope, and hold true only under such ideal conditions. Dirt, grease, other foriegn matter and moisture, including humidity, will all alter the non-conductivity/conductivity of this or any other synthetic rope or material. Flange Diameter
END-FOR-ENDING
It is recommended that every winch line be rotated End-forEnd on a periodic basis. This will vary high stress and wear point and extend useful life. Recommended period is six (6) months, at which time visual inspection and washing can be programmed.
SHARP CUTTING EDGES

Samson winch lines should not be exposed to sharp edges and surface such as metal burrs on Winch Drums, sheaves, shackles, thimbles, wire slings, etc. Samson Winch Lines are made from synthetic fibers, and as such, can be cut and damaged by sharp edges. When installing winch lines on old truck units, great care must be exercised to assure that the rope is not coming in contact with hardware that has been scored and chewed by previously used wire lines. Sheaves, shackles, thimbles, etc. should, in most cases, be replaced. Other metal surfaces should be carefully examined and dressed if necessary.
WINDING ROPE ON WINCH DRUM

The first layer (wrap) around winch drum should be put on closely and tightly. Initial winding tension (load) should be approximately 50 pounds. This will prevent subsequent wraps from slipping down between turns when tension is applied. Samson Winch Lines will tend to self-level themselves. IMPORTANT: Recommend at least four wraps always be left on winch drum.
ATTACHING LINE TO WINCH DRUM

There are various methods of attaching a winch line to a winch drum: the use of a wedge or plug and set screw in the main body of the drum, or "U" bolt through the side of the flange. Another method involves welding a round plug to the winch drum. The soft eye at the bitter end of the winch line is placed over the plug and held in place with a flat keeper which is screwed in flush with the top of the plug. Be sure the attachment method does not have a sharp edge that will cut the line under load. If possible, it is advisable to have an eye splice in both ends of the Winch Line so that it can be reversed in the event of damage to one end. This is not always possible, depending on the method of attachment to the winch drum, and whether or not a closed thimble is spliced into the eye. If an eye is not used at the drum end, then this end should be tightly whipped with a strong twine. Important: The end connection is not designed to carry any load, so at least four wraps should always be kept on the drum.
DO NOT WORK BELOW 4 TURNS ON A DRUM
ABRASION PROTECTION OF LINE

Stable Braid, Nyston, and Spectron II, with their outer jacket of Polyester, have a relatively high degree of resistance to abrasion and fusing. However, all synthetics are subject to fusing if subjected to enough friction and heat, and therefore such practices as surging on a Gypsy head winch, hard rendering around poles or over cross-arms, etc. should be avoided whenever possible.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
70
Winch Lines
THE USE OF SLINGS WITH A WINCH LINE

The winch line itself should not be used as a choker to pick up a pole or other objects. The hook attached on the end of the wind line can cut deeply into the rope itself. We recommend a separate line, sling or strap be used as the choker and not the basic winch line itself.
"DOUBLE BLOCK" SYSTEM

For handling heavy loads (up to 14,880 lbs. pad-mounted transformers, etc.) using 1" diameter Stable Braid winch lines, without exceeding R.W.L. of rope (7,440 lbs.), a Double Block System is recommended. The system avoids the use of 1-1/4" diameter Stable Braid, which limits capacity of winch drum and/or sheave-size.
Boom-tip winch drum (or sheave-leading from base-mounted-winch) Derrick-boom-rated @ 14,520 lbs. max. (bare drum) elevated @ 70 from horizontal. 2-legs = 14,880 RWL compatible with boom max. capacity: ie., Rope cannot be overloaded beyond rope RWL Boom drilled for eye-bolt (permanently installed) to accomodate standard winch-line hook as needed. 1" dia. rope (stable Braid) 7,440 lb. RWL (one-leg)
BOOM SHEAVE RECOMMENDATIONS

To assure maximum efficiency and safety, the boom sheave diameter should be no less than eight (8) times the rope diameter. The sheave groove diameter should be no less than 10% greater than the rope diameter, and the groove should be round in shape not V-shaped.
EYE SPLICING
Eye splices at the end of winch lines, (if not put in at the factory) should be done in strict accordance with the steps and procedures as outlined in the Samson Splicing Manual under "Standard Eye Splice." This splice can be easily learned and executed by line crews and shop personnel. Assistance in splicing instruction is available through Hanes Supply. Training Splicing Kits, manuals, and tools can be ordered through Hanes Supply. The Standard Eye Splice can't be pulled out under tension; it can, however, be pulled out by hand when in a relaxed state. To prevent such tampering, it is recommended that stich locking or a tight seizing be applied to the base or throat of the splice. When splicing used rope, be sure to refer to the "Special Tips for Splicing Used Rope" in the Splicing Manual.
Removable Nylite "Snatch-Block" stored in truck, for quick installation and removal as needed.
Note: While the 2-leg system does allow use of 1" dia. rope (vs 1-1/4" dia.) it does require a greater length and results in slower lifting speeds.
NOTE: Unless boom is equipped with "pole-grabber" claws this system does not work well when handling and setting poles as pole can't be snubbed tightly against jaws at end of boom. The result is that 1" diameter Stable Braid can be used with a single leg, for most normal lifting operations (up to 7,440 lbs.) and for heavy lifts up to 14,880 lbs.) using the double leg system in both cases, observing approximate recommended work loads.
ULTRAVIOLET STRENGTH DEGRADATION

Prolonged exposure of synthetic ropes to Ultraviolet Radiation of sunlight causes varying degrees of strength degradation. Some concern has been created by various reports published on this subject (and by erroneous interpretations drawn from these reports). Polyester fibers are the least affected by ultraviolet exposure, and resulting strength degradation of exposed fibers is negligible. Nylon is more susceptible to strength loss due to ultraviolet rays; but, with both fibers, the degree of susceptibility to ultraviolet damage is dependent upon the type of fiber, and the various ultraviolet inhibitors with which they are treated by the fiber manufacturer. The important point to note here is that ultraviolet rays have low penetration in synthetic fibers, thus it is only the outer surface fibers that are affected.
KNOTS
Splicing is, by far, the strongest and most efficient means of attachment. Knots should never be tied in a winch line if it can in any way be avoided, as knots can reduce the strength of any rope (or wire) as much as 50%. Also, avoid sharp bends in the line where possible as this will also greatly reduce strength.
STITCH LOCKING EYE SPLICES

Stitch locking may prove advantageous on some splices to prevent no-load opening due to mishandling.
Material required about one (1) fid length of Nylon Whipping Twine approximately the same size as the strands in the size rope you are stitch locking. The same strands cut from the rope you are stitch locking may also be used, but whipping twine is preferable. Instructions are in the Samson Splicing Manual.
HARMFUL CHEMICALS
Certain chemicals will break down synthetic fibers. To be avoided are sulfuric acids, alkalies, or chlorinate hydrocarbons over 160F; strong cleaning agents or bleaches may be harmful.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
71
Winch Lines
CLEANING
Sometimes utilities have adopted the very good practice of carrying at all times, a spare (clean and dry) winch line enclosed in a plastic bag, enabling crews in the field to quickly replace a damaged, soiled or wet winch line. Samson winch lines can be washed in a mild detergent and warm water, rinsed and air-dried. The polyester fibers themselves actually absorb only a negligible amount of water, but water trapped between the fibers should be squeezed out (by placing the line under tension) and air-dried.
loading... in order to prolong the life of the line and reduce premature down grading. If there is reason to believe that a line has been shock loaded above its recommended working load, it should be logged; and if a number of these occur, the line should be rotated and inspected.
VISUAL INSPECTION
The load-bearing capacity of Samson Stable Braid and Nystron Ropes are divided equally between the inner core and the outer cover thus, despite damage to the outer cover strands, you have an intact inner core capable of supporting approximately 50% of the applied load... an important reserve safety factor. Spectron II has 100% of its load bearing capacity accomplished by the core.
SHOCK LOADING
Shock loading of any line synthetic, manila, or wire produces a drastically different set of physical properties and results as compared with normal loading. Shock loading, most simply described, is a "jerking" or "snatching" or a line. Or, a very sudden change in tension from a state of relaxation or low load to one of high load. This results in accelerated wearing. A typical shock load on a winch line occurs when an object is lifted vertically with a sudden jerk, or when this load is suddenly dropped. A 5,000 pound load, under these conditions, may then "weigh" 30,000 pounds and break a winch line rated in this strength range. A 4" sudden drop as off a platform can actually double the load. Similarly, an over-wrap "falling off" the winch drum can result in a 50% shock load. Assume that you have seven identical ropes each with a 30,000 lb. breaking strength and you work these ropes daily each rope lifting a different load, as below for example, in a winch line application: BREAKING STRENGTH WORKING LOAD WORKING LOAD FACTOR NO. OF LIFTS BEFORE FAILURE*
DISCARD POINT
Continued use and normal wear in the line gradually diminishes the ultimate bearing strength and lowers the factor of safety. In determining the proper discard time of Samson winch lines, the following guides are suggested: a. If as many as 1/2 of the cover strands are cut at a given point, this damaged section should be cut out. If within 10 feet of the eye, put in a new eye splice. If over 10 feet, rejoin the rope with a Standard End-for-End Splice per the Splice Manual. The rope can then be put back into normal operation. A few damaged strands spaced out along the rope at intervals is no real cause for immediate concern, but should be watched and periodically examined. b. If the individual cover strands have been worn down after extended use to within 50% of their original bulk over an extended area of the line, then the line should be discarded (or assigned to a less critical task). This can best be determined by an examination and comparison of the bulk of an individual strand which is exposed and subject to wear with the same strand where it crosses under other strands and is protected (and therefore is full size). c. Another guide for determining discard time is when the rope has a residual strength of 50% of its original new rope strength. This can be determined through laboratory tensile strength break tests. This can be done by Hanes Supply. If utilities wish to perform their own tests, they should contact Hanes Supply to coordinate testing procedure, methods and apparatus. Hanes Supply has instructions on technical procedures for testing braided synthetic ropes.
1. 30,000 lbs. 2. 30,000 lbs. 3. 30,000 lbs. 4. 30,000 lbs. 5. 30,000 lbs. 6. 30,000 lbs. 7. 30,000 lbs.
5,000 lbs. 6,000 lbs. 7,500 lbs. 10,000 lbs. 15,000 lbs. 20,000 lbs. 28,000 lbs.
6/1 5/1 4/1 3/1 2/1 1.5/1 1.1/1
1,000 750 500 300 100 25 5
TRAINING
A Preventative Maintenance and Safety Program in the use of winch lines is strongly recommended. Hanes Supply will assist in this. Samson winch lines, used and cared for properly, will render years of efficient, economical, and trouble-free service. Winch line replacements, either in cut lengths or 600 ft. spools are available through Hanes Supply. Samson Ocean Systems guarantees its products against manufacturing defects, but can't be held responsible for failure or accident due to improper use or failure to observe prescribed procedures for usage, as set forth above. Write to Samson for Guidelines on Care, Usage & Inspection of Rope.
*Relative values only This illustration clearly shows the higher the Working Load Factor the greater the Service Life, and the lower the replacement factor. Thus, a Working Load Factor also related directly as an "Economy Factor." Your may turn this around and look at it another way: If you're always lifting the same weight; then, the stronger the rope (and higher the Working Load Factor) the longer the rope will last.
FATIGUE
Synthetic fibers have a "memory." They function similar to metal (wire) in that they remember and retain the effects of being overloaded and shock loaded. This is an important reason to stress winch line procedures which reduce danger of shock
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
72
HEADQUARTERS: 55
CHARACTERISTICS OF NATURAL AND SYNTHETIC FIBERS

ARAMID FILAMENT TYPE
27 1.2 SINKS 3.6% .5% OF WEIGHT DECOMPOSES AT 800F MELTS AT 482F WEB UP TO 50% NONE FAIR EXCELLENT GOOD 100% RESISTANT NONE VERY GOOD VERY GOOD VERY GOOD 100% RESISTANT WEB UP TO 50% MELTS AT 482F TP & SE NONE NONE GOOD GOOD GOOD 100% RESISTANT 9% OF WEIGHT 1% OF WEIGHT ZERO MELTS AT 297F TPX NONE NONE EXCELLENT EXCELLENT EXCELLENT 100% RESISTANT 3.6% 16% 10 - 12% 3.6% SINKS SINKS SINKS FLOATS 1.44 1.14 1.38 .97 .92 FLOATS 22 - 28% ZERO 50% TENSILE AT 200 MELTS AT 330F UP TO 50% NEGLIGIBLE EXCELLENT GOOD GOOD 100% RESISTANT 23 8.0 - 9.0 6.5 - 9.0 27 6.5 - 8.0
K-SPEC MULTIFILIMENT
NYLON
POLYESTER
HMWPE
POLYPROPYLENE
STRENGTH (GRAMS PER DENIER)
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
ABILITY TO FLOAT
ELASTICITY AT STRETCH BREAK

TPX NONE NONE DOES NOT BURN GOOD MELTS BEFORE BURNING. FORMS HARD BEAD. CELERY ODOR. GOOD MELTS BEFORE BURNING. FORMS HARD BEAD. PUNGENT ODOR. GOOD MELTS BEFORE BURNING. HARD TO CUT. EXCELLENT FLOATS. MELTS BEFORE BURNING. BURNING ASPHALT ORDOR. FAIR
MOISTURE ABSORBENCY
.2% OF WEIGHT
EFFECT OF HEAT
MELTS AT 300F
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
73
EFFECT OF SUNLIGHT ON SLINGS
EFFECT OF AGE
RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS AND ACIDS
EXCELLENT
TO AKLALIS
EXCELLENT
TO SOLVENTS
EXCELLENT
ROT AND MILDEW
100% RESISTANT
IDENTIFICATION
LIGHT STRONG
Fiber Characteristics
www.hanessupply.com
ABRASION RESISTANCE
EXCELLENT
MSI Products
The MSI-7200 Dyna-Link is a versatile digital force measurement and load-indicating instrument for inside and outside use. Ask about remote display options.
The MSI-3360 Challenger II DigitalCrane Scale is an instrument for light-duty overhead industrial weighing.
MSI-7200 DYNA-LINK
MSI-3360 CHALLENGER II
DYNA-LINK SPECIFICATIONS 500 LB. TO 250 TON RANGE
CHALLENGER SPECIFICATIONS 250 LB. TO 15,000 LB. RANGE
"PORTA-WEIGH PLUS" SPECIFICATIONS 500 LB. TO 250 TON RANGE
TRANS-WEIGH SPECIFICATIONS 500 LB. TO 250 TON RANGE
MSI-4300 "PORTA-WEIGH PLUS"
MSI-6260 TRANS-WEIGH
The MSI-4300 "Porta-Weigh Plus" Overhead Crane Scale has served duty in aerospace, chemical, marine, mining, petroleum, and steel industry applications for heavy-duty use. Ask about the MSI-4260 "Porta-Weigh" for Intrinsically Safe and High Heat applications.
The MSI-6260 Trans-Weigh Radio Telemetry Crane Scale provides trouble-free data transmission from crane hook to digital indicator.
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Do not use this product unless properly trained. Inspect and use according to OSHA B30.9 or Manufacturers Instructions.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
74
Griphoist Products
The Griphoist Dynafor LLX with Microprocessor combines digital technology with lightweight, durable aluminum construction for state-of-the-art load monitoring and check-weighing. Output by cable to hand-held display, computer or printer. Operates in extreme atmospheric conditions.
DYNAFOR LLX SPECIFICATIONS 250 LB. TO 500,000 LB. RANGE
GRIPHOIST DYNAFOR LLX
The Griphoist Wireless Dynafor LLX-TR sends radio signal up to 180 feet away to hand-held display, or optional wallmounted display or printer.
DYNAFOR LLX-TR SPECIFICATIONS 250 LB. TO 500,000 LB. RANGE
GRIPHOIST DYNAFOR LLX-TR
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
75
Hilman Rollers
GUIDELINES FOR SELECTING THE PROPER MODEL

1. How much does the load weigh? 2. How many contact points does the load have? The Hilman rollers are rated in metric tons. Divide the number of contact points into the total load to determine the capacity of individual rollers. Determine if the load is equally distributed or unbalanced. If unbalanced, some rollers may carry more load and some less. 3. What is the rolling surface and its condition? The rolling surface should be hard and level, and free of debris. Where the surface is not hard such as asphalt or dirt, a track or steel plate can be used as the rolling surface. If the surface is not level, there must be a hold-back system on the load to brake and control it. If the floor is composed of a delicate surface, then specify Nyton rollers which are coated to soften the roller contact. 4. Are there turns involved or is it a straight line move? If there are turns, rollers with swivels or swivels with a locking top are suggested. If no turns, then a rigid style top is fine. Rollers are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 to 3,000 tons. Riggers kits which consist of four rollers, steering handles and various tops are available if moving loads with rollers is a common task. The kit comes complete with a locking steel box. A riggers set is the same as a kit without the steel box.
HILMAN DELUXE KITS

Steel or Nyton Chain
14 guage steel carrying case Move and position all types of heavy equipment
Hilman Rollers provide maximum turning options
Raised base prevents corrosion and provides forklift loading Two full-length steering handles knock-down for storage
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
76
Lifting Attachments
LIFTER VS SPREADER THE DIFFERENCE

Lifting beams are used when available headroom is not sufficient for top rigging. Lifting beams must be designed structurally larger than spreader beams to adequately handle load stress. Spreader beams with top rigging are smaller because most load stress is absorbed by the rigging. This differentiation is critical in order to properly specify the equipment required. Make sure you know the difference.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
WARNING
www.hanessupply.com
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
77
Wire Rope Clips

CROSBY CLIP WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
1.
Refer to Table I following these instructions. Turn back specified amount of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width from dead end of rope. Apply U-Bolt over dead end of wire rope live end rests in saddle. Tighten nuts evenly, alternate from one nut to the other until reaching the recommended torque.
2.
When two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating until reaching the recommended torque. When more than two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on second clip firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3.
G-450 (Red-U-Bolt)
3.
WARNING
Failure to read, understand, and follow these instructions may cause death or serious injury. Read and understand these instructions before using clips. Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed. Do not use with plastic coated wire rope. Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and re-tighten nuts to recommended torque. (See Table I, this page). Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope. The efficiency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble eye termination for clip sizes 1/8" through 7/8" is 80%, and for sizes 1" through 3-1/2" is 90%. The number of clips shown (see Table I) is based upon using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC or IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be used for sizes 1" and larger, add one additional clip. If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. The number of clips shown also applies to rotationresistant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 11/2" and smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope, 19 x 7 Class IPS, XIP, sizes 1-3/4" and smaller. For elevator, personnel hoist, and scaffold applications, refer to ANSI A17.1 and ANSI A10.4. These standards do not recommend U-Bolt style wire rope clip terminations. The style wire rope termination used for any application is the obligation of the user. For OSHA (Construction) applications, see OSHA 1926.251.
When three or more clips are required, space additional clips equally between first two take up rope slack tighten nuts on each U-Bolt evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reaching recommended torque.
IMPORTANT
Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque. In accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices, the wire rope end termination should be inspected periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy.
TABLE I
CLIP SIZE (IN.) 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 3-1/2 MINIMUM NO. OF CLIPS 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 9 10 10 12 AMOUNT OF *TORQUE IN ROPE TO TURN FT. BACK IN INCHES (LBS) 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 5-1/4 6-1/2 7 11-1/2 12 12 18 19 26 34 44 44 4 58 61 71 73 84 100 106 149 4.5 7.5 15 30 45 65 65 95 95 130 225 225 225 360 360 360 430 590 750 750 750 750 1200 1200
If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the amount of turnback should be increased proportionately. *The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
78
Wire Rope Clips

CROSBY CLIPS
E
Sizes 1/8" through 3" have forged bases Entire clip hot dip galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action. Only genuine Crosby clips have a red U-BOLT for instant recognition. All clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper application instructions and warning information. Clip sizes up through 1-1/2" have rolled threads.
Look for the Red-U-Bolt, your assurance of Crosby Clips.
A F G
D H
G-450
Crosby clips all sizes 1/4" and larger meet Federal Specification FF-C-450 TYPE 1 CLASS 1. ROPE SIZE (IN) *1/8 *3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 31/2 G-450 STOCK NO. GALV. 1010015 1010033 1010051 1010079 1010097 1010113 1010131 1010159 1010177 1010195 1010211 1010239 1010257 1010275 1010293 1010319 1010337 1010355 1010373 1010391 1010417 1010435 1010453 1010426 STD. PKG. QTY. 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 Bulk Bulk Bulk Bulk Bulk Bulk Bulk Bulk WT. PER 100 (LBS) 6 10 20 30 47 76 80 104 106 142 212 252 283 438 442 544 704 934 1300 1600 1900 2300 3100 4000
SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION

DIMENSIONS (IN) A .22 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .50 .56 .56 .62 .75 .75 .75 .88 .88 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 B .72 .97 1.03 1.38 1.50 1.88 1.88 2.25 2.38 2.75 3.12 3.50 3.88 4.25 4.63 4.94 5.31 5.75 6.44 7.13 7.69 8.31 9.19 10.75 C .44 .56 .50 .75 .75 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.44 1.62 1.81 2.00 2.13 2.31 2.38 2.62 2.75 3.00 3.19 3.44 3.56 3.88 4.50 D .47 .59 .75 .88 1.00 1.19 1.19 1.31 1.31 1.50 1.75 1.88 2.00 2.31 2.38 2.59 2.75 3.06 3.38 3.88 4.13 4.38 4.75 5.50 E .41 .50 .66 .72 .91 1.13 1.13 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.59 1.78 1.91 2.19 2.31 2.44 2.66 2.94 3.28 3.19 3.69 4.88 4.69 6.00 F .38 .44 .56 .69 1.63 .88 .88 .94 .94 1.06 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.63 1.81 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 G .81 .94 1.19 1.31 1.94 1.81 1.91 2.06 2.06 2.25 2.44 2.63 2.81 3.13 3.13 3.41 3.63 3.81 4.44 4.50 4.05 5.00 5.88 6.19 H .94 1.16 1.44 1.69 .75 2.28 2.28 2.50 2.50 2.84 3.16 3.47 3.59 4.13 4.19 4.44 4.75 5.28 5.88 6.38 6.63 6.88 7.63 8.38
*Electro-plated U-Bolt and Nuts 2-3/4" and 3-1/2" are made of cast steel. HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
79
Master Link
MASTER LINK
Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered. Individually proof tested at 2 times Working Load Limit with certification. Proof test certification shipped with each link. Sizes from 1/2" to 2" are drop forged.
SIZE (IN) 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 4-1/4 4-1/2 4-3/4 5 A-342 STOCK NO. S.C. 1014262 1014280 1014306 1014324 1014342 1014360 1014388 1014404 1014422 1014468 1014440 1014486 1014501 1014529 1015051 1015060 1015067 1015079 1015088 1015094 WLL* (LBS) 7000 9000 12300 24360 36000 54300 84900 102600 143100 147300 216900 228000 262200 279000 336000 373000 354000 360000 389000 395000 WT. EACH (LBS) .82 1.52 2.07 4.85 9.57 16.22 25.22 37.04 54.10 67.75 87.70 115.00 145.00 200.00 198.00 228.00 302.00 345.00 436.00 516.00 DIMENSIONS (IN) A .50 .63 .75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 B 2.50 3.00 2.75 3.50 4.38 5.25 6.00 7.00 8.00 8.00 9.50 9.00 10.00 12.00 10.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 14.00 15.00 C 5.00 6.00 5.50 7.00 8.75 10.50 12.00 14.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 18.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 28.00 30.00 D 3.50 4.25 4.25 5.50 6.88 8.25 9.50 11.00 12.50 13.00 15.00 15.00 16.50 19.00 17.50 18.00 20.50 23.00 23.50 25.00 E 6.00 7.25 7.00 9.00 11.25 13.50 15.50 18.00 20.50 21.00 21.50 24.00 26.50 31.00 27.50 28.00 32.50 37.00 37.50 40.00
DEFORMATION INDICATOR
3.00 3.50 3.50 4.50 5.50 6.50 7.50 9.00
A-342
CE
B D
*Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on muliple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120. For use with chain slings. Welded Master Link.
B D A C G F E
MASTER LINK ASSEMBLY

Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered. Individually proof tested at 2 times Working Load Limit with certification. Proof test certification shipped with each link.
SIZE (IN) 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2
A-345 STOCK NO. S.C. 1014734 1014752 1014770 1014798 1014814 1014832
WLL* (LBS) 10500 24360 36000 54300 84900 102600
WT. EACH (LBS) 2.60 6.10 13.20 24.20 35.60 57.30
DIMENSIONS (IN) A .75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 B 2.75 3.50 4.38 5.25 6.00 7.00 C 5.50 7.00 8.75 10.50 12.00 14.00 D .56 .69 .88 1.15 1.25 1.50 E 3.55 3.94 3.94 5.91 6.30 7.09 F 1.57 2.36 2.36 2.76 3.54 3.94
DEFORMATION
INDICATOR
3.50 4.50 5.50 6.50 7.50 9.00
A-345
*Working Load Limit with coupling links at 60 included angle. Ultimate Load is 4 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
80
Forged Shackles
SCREW PIN
Working load limit permanently shown on every shackle. Forged Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins. Capacities 1/3 through 55 tons. Look for the red pin...the mark of genuine Crosby quality. Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification available when requested at the time of order. Hot dip galvanized or self-colored. Fatigue rated.
ROUND PIN
G-209 S-209
Screw pin anchor shackles meet the requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 2.
G-213 S-213
Round pin anchor shackles meet the requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 1.
NOM. SIZE (IN.) 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/2
WORKING LOAD LIMIT* (TONS) 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3-1/4 4-3/4 6-1/2 8-1/2 9-1/2 12 13-1/2 17 25 35 55 WORKING LOAD LIMIT* 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3-1/4 4-3/4 6-1/2 8-1/2 9-1/2 12 13-1/2 17 25 35 55
STOCK NO. G-209 GALV. 1018357 1018375 1018393 1018419 1018437 1018455 1018473 1018491 1018516 1018534 1018552 1018570 1018598 1018614 1018632 1018650 1018678 S-209 S.C. 1018384 1018400 1018428 1018446 1018464 1018482 1018507 1018525 1018543 1018561 1018589 1018605 1018623 1018641 1018669 1018687 G-213 GALV. 1018017 1018035 1018053 1018071 1018099 1018115 1018133 1018151 1018179 1018197 1018213 1018231 1018259 1018277 1018295 S-213 S.C. 1018026 1018044 1018062 1018080 1018106 1018124 1018142 1018160 1018188 1018204 1018222 1018240 1018268 1018286 1018302
WEIGHT EACH (LBS) G-209 G-213 S-209 S-213 .06 .10 .19 .31 .38 .72 1.37 2.35 3.62 5.03 7.41 9.50 13.53 17.20 27.75 45.00 85.75 .13 .18 .29 .38 .71 1.50 2.32 3.49 5.00 6.97 9.75 13.25 17.25 29.46 45.75 TOLERANCE +/C A .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25
DIMENSIONS (IN) A .38 .47 .53 .66 .75 .81 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.69 1.81 2.03 2.25 2.38 2.88 3.25 4.13 B .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.75 C .88 1.13 1.22 1.44 1.69 1.88 2.38 2.81 3.31 3.75 4.25 4.69 5.25 5.75 7.00 7.75 10.50 D .19 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.16 1.29 1.42 1.54 1.84 2.08 2.71 E .60 .78 .84 1.03 1.16 1.31 1.69 2.00 2.28 2.69 2.91 3.25 3.63 3.88 5.00 5.75 7.25 F .56 .61 .75 .91 1.06 1.19 1.50 1.81 2.09 2.38 2.69 3.00 3.31 3.63 4.19 4.71 5.69 G .98 1.28 1.47 1.78 2.03 2.31 2.94 3.50 4.03 4.69 5.16 5.75 6.38 6.88 8.86 9.97 12.87 H 1.47 1.84 2.09 2.49 2.91 3.28 4.19 4.97 5.83 6.56 7.47 8.25 9.16 10.00 12.34 13.68 17.84 L .16 .19 .22 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .50 .56 .63 .69 .75 .81 1.00 1.22 1.38 M 1.12 1.38 1.66 2.03 2.38 2.69 3.34 3.97 4.50 5.07 5.59 6.16 6.84 7.35 9.08 10.34 13.00 N 1.34 1.59 1.88 2.13 2.38 2.91 3.44 3.81 4.53 5.13 5.50 6.13 6.50 7.75 8.75 P .19 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .69 .81 .97 1.06 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.62 2.25 2.40 3.13
NOM. SIZE 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/2
*NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit. Furnished in screw pin only.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
81
Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles

BOLT-TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLE
G-2140
NOM. WORKING SHACKLE LOAD SIZE LIMIT* (IN.) (TONS) 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-3/4** 5** 6** 7** 30 40 55 85 120 150 175 200 250 300 400 STOCK NO. G-2140 GALV 1021110 1021138 1021156 1021174 1021192 1021218 1021236 1021414 1021432 1021450 1021478 S-2140 S.C. 1021129 1021147 1021165 1021183 WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) 20.8 33.9 52.0 96.0 178.0 265.0 338.0 450.0 600.0 775.0 1102.0
S-2140
Working Load Limit is permanently shown on every shackle. Alloy bows, alloy bolts. Quenched and tempered. Sizes 200 tons and larger are individually proof tested. Forged Alloy Steel 30 through 175 metric tons. Cast Alloy Steel 200 through 400 metric tons. Pins are galvanized and painted red.
NOM. WORKING SHACKLE LOAD SIZE LIMIT* (IN.) (TONS) 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-3/4** 5** 6** 7** 30 40 55 85 120 150 175 200 250 300 400
DIMENSIONS (IN) A 2.38 2.88 3.25 4.12 5.00 5.25 5.50 7.25 8.25 8.38 8.25 B 3.62 4.31 4.81 5.69 6.50 8.00 9.00 10.50 12.00 12.00 14.00 C 1.62 2.25 2.40 3.12 3.62 4.12 4.56 6.00 6.50 6.75 7.25 D 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.75 3.25 3.75 4.25 4.75 5.00 6.00 7.00 E 5.75 7.00 7.75 10.50 12.98 14.63 14.50 15.50 20.00 19.50 22.50 F 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.62 3.00 3.50 4.00 3.75 4.00 5.25 6.50 G 6.88 8.50 9.75 12.50 14.50 16.50 18.38 21.00 24.50 25.00 26.00 H 7.94 9.31 10.41 13.56 16.50 19.00 19.75 19.88 21.12 22.88 26.12 J 10.00 12.22 13.28 17.34 21.50 24.62 25.69 29.25 35.00 35.25 40.25 K 3.88 5.00 5.75 7.25 7.88 9.00 10.00 11.00 13.00 13.00 13.00
TOLERANCE +/A .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 E .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25
*NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200 through 400 metric tons. For sizes 30 throught 175 metric tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit. **Cast Alloy Steel. Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle. Maximum Proof Load is 1000 tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
82
Bolt-Type Shackles
BOLT-TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLE
G-2130
S-2130
Bolt Type Anchor shackles with thin head boltnut with cotter pin, meets the requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 3. NOM. WORKING SHACKLE LOAD SIZE LIMIT* (IN.) (TONS) 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3-1/4 4-3/4 6-1/2 8-1/2 9-1/2 12 13-1/2 17 25 35 55 85 120 150
Working Load Limit is permanently shown on every shackle. Forged quenched and tempered, with alloy pins. Capacities 1/3 through 150 metric tons. Look for the red pin... the mark of genuine Crosby quality. Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at time of order. Hot dip galvanized or self colored. Fatigue rated.
STOCK NO. G-2150 GALV. 1019768 1019770 1019772 1019774 1019775 1019793 1019819 1019837 1019855 1019873 1019891 1019917 1019935 1019953 1019971 1019999 1020013 A-2150 S.C. 1019784 1019800 1019828 1019846 1019864 1019882 1019908 1019926 1019944 1019962 1019980 1020004 2130 WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) .06 .11 .22 .33 .49 .79 1.68 2.72 3.95 5.66 8.27 11.71 15.83 20.80 33.91 52.25 98.25 154.00 265.00 338.00 2150 WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) .13 .23 .33 .49 .75 1.47 2.52 3.85 5.55 7.60 10.81 13.75 18.50 31.40 46.75 85.00 124.25
BOLT-TYPE CHAIN SHACKLE
G-2150
S-2150
Bolt Type Chain shackles with thin hex head boltnut with cotter pin, meets the requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVB, Grade A, Class 3.
G-2130 GALV. 1019464 1019466 1019468 1019470 1019471 1019472 1019490 1019515 1019533 1019551 1019579 1019597 1019613 1019631 1019659 1019677 1019695 1019711 1019739 1019757
A-21E0 S.C. 1019481 1019506 1019524 1019542 1019560 1019588 1019604 1019622 1019640 1019668 1019686 1019702
NOM. WORKING SHACKLE LOAD SIZE LIMIT* (IN.) (TONS) 3/16 1/3 1/4 1/2 5/16 3/4 3/8 1 7/16 1-1/2 1/2 2 5/8 3-1/4 3/4 4-3/4 7/8 6-1/2 1 8-1/2 1-1/8 9-1/2 1-1/4 12 1-3/8 13-1/2 1-1/2 17 1-3/4 25 2 35 2-1/2 55 3 85 3-1/2 120 4 150
DIMENSIONS (IN) A .38 .47 .53 .66 .75 .81 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.69 1.81 2.03 2.25 2.38 2.88 3.25 4.13 5.00 5.25 5.50 B .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.75 3.25 3.75 4.25 C .88 1.13 1.22 1.44 1.69 1.88 2.38 2.81 3.31 3.75 4.25 4.69 5.25 5.75 7.00 7.75 10.50 13.00 14.63 14.50 D .19 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.62 3.00 3.50 4.00 E .60 .78 .84 1.03 1.16 1.31 1.69 2.00 2.28 2.69 2.91 3.25 3.63 3.88 5.00 5.75 7.25 7.88 9.00 10.00 F .56 .61 .75 .91 1.06 1.19 1.50 1.81 2.09 2.38 2.69 3.00 3.31 3.63 4.19 4.81 5.69 6.50 8.00 9.00 G 1.63 2.00 2.38 2.81 3.19 3.56 3.94 4.44 4.88 5.75 6.75 8.00 8.50 H 1.47 1.84 2.09 2.49 2.91 3.28 4.22 4.97 5.83 6.56 7.47 8.28 9.16 10.00 12.22 13.28 17.34 21.50 24.63 25.69 K 3.03 3.75 4.53 5.33 5.94 6.78 7.50 8.28 9.06 10.97 12.28 14.84 16.88 L .98 1.28 1.47 1.78 2.03 2.31 2.94 3.50 4.03 4.69 5.16 5.75 6.38 6.88 8.50 9.75 12.50 14.50 16.50 18.38 M 1.81 2.31 2.75 3.19 3.69 4.06 4.53 5.00 5.38 6.38 7.25 9.13 11.00 N .19 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .69 .81 .97 1.00 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.62 2.12 2.40 3.13 3.62 4.12 4.56 P 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.17 2.51 3.03 3.63 4.44 5.00 5.69 6.41 6.97 7.69 8.25 9.59 11.00 13.69 16.50 19.00 19.75 R .50 .63 .81 .97 1.00 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.62 2.12 2.00 2.62 3.50
TOLERANCE
+/C&G .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 A .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
83
Alloy Shackles
"WIDE BODY" SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE

Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings. Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum 58% gain in sling bearing surface and eliminates need for a thimble. Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%. Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handles for easier use. All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of bow. Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times Working Load Limit. Standard 2160 shackles 400 tons and larger are individually proof tested with Crosby certification. Shackles requiring ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other certifications are available upon special request and must be specified at time of order. Weighs no more than conventionally designed shackles. All sizes quenched and tempered for maximum strength. Forged alloy steel from 75 through 300 metric tons. Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons. All bows are furnished Dimetcoted. All pins are Dimetcoted then painted red.
75 THROUGH 300 METRIC TONS "WIDE BODY" SHACKLE 400 THROUGH 1000 METRIC TONS
G-2160
Patented
CONVENTIONAL SHACKLE
WLL* TONS) 75 125 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
G-2160 NO. 1021290 1021307 1021316 1021325 1021334 1021343 1021352 1021361 1021254 1021389 1021370
WT. A 13.62 15.75 20.00 23.27 28.13 31.87 35.94 39.07 38.82 41.34 46.30 B +/-.25 4.13 5.12 5.90 7.28 8.66 9.84 10.83 11.81 12.80 13.78 14.96 2.12 2.56 3.35 4.00 5.16 5.59 6.04 6.59 7.19 7.78 8.33 C D +/-.02 2.76 3.15 4.13 5.25 6.30 7.09 7.87 8.46 9.06 9.84 10.63 4.76 5.71 7.28 9.25 12.80 15.94 20.96 26.25 E F (LBS) 99 161 500 811 1041 1378 1833 2446 3016 3436 4022
DIMENSIONS (IN) G 2.52 3.15 4.33 5.51 6.30 6.69 7.28 7.87 8.27 8.66 9.06 H 11.41 14.37 18.90 23.62 22.64 24.80 27.56 28.94 29.53 29.80 29.92 J 4.72 5.90 8.07 10.43 12.60 13.39 14.57 15.75 16.54 17.32 18.11 K 3.66 4.33 5.41 6.31 7.28 8.86 9.74 L 4.37 5.12 6.69 8.07 9.45 10.43 11.93 M 1.00 1.06 1.26 1.50 1.50 1.61 1.75 1.89 1.89 2.01 2.01 N 3.00 2.95 4.33 4.42 4.72 4.92 5.39 5.94 6.14 6.08 5.98 O 3.90 4.64 5.75 6.89 7.76 8.74 9.74 P 12.32 14.96 19.49 23.64 27.16 31.10 34.06 R 18.31 22.68 29.82 37.39 38.78 42.72 47.24 50.18 52.09 54.04 55.31
(METRIC STOCK EACH
11.02 25.79 12.52 28.35 13.78 31.50 14.80 33.17 15.75 34.06 16.93 34.74 17.72 35.24
10.63 12.62 10.92 13.90 11.52 15.20 12.11 16.00
10.75 37.01 11.26 38.39 12.50 40.35 12.99 42.32
*Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
84
"Synthetic Sling Saver" Shackle

SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE

S-252 S-253
The Crosby "Synthetic Sling Saver" Shackle, designed for Round or Flat Synthetic Slings, has the following features: Eliminates "bunching" effect caused by traditional shackles. Reduces sling tendency to slide. Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an increased area for load distribution, thus: Increases Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to a standard anchor or chain shackle bow. Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers. Both a Screw Pin and Bolt, nut and cotter pin configuration. Bolt (Pin) has a large diameter that provides better load distribution. Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it. Available in sizes from 3-1/4 tons (1") to 50 tons (6"). All Alloy construction. Design Factor of 5 to 1. Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.
WEB SLING NOMINAL SIZE (IN.) S-252 BOLT TYPE WEIGHT S-252 EACH STOCK NO. (LBS.) S-253 SCREW PIN WEIGHT S-253 EACH STOCK NO. (LBS.)
S-252
ROUND SLING SIZE (NUMBER)
WORKING LOAD LIMIT* (TONS)
1&2 3&4 5&6 7&8 9 & 10 11 & 12 13

ROUND SLING SIZE (NUMBER)
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6
WEB SLING NOMINAL SIZE (IN.)
3-1/4 6-1/2 8-3/4 12-1/2 20-1/2 35 50

WORKING LOAD LIMIT* (TONS)
1020485 1020496 1020507 1020518 1020529 1020540 1020551
1.4 2.4 4.1 8.0 16.9 35.0 57.5
1020575 1020575 1020593 1020602 1020611 1020620 1020629
1.4 2.2 3.8 7.3 15.2 30.8 52.0 DIMENSIONS

(IN.)
S-253
A .88 1.25 1.38 1.62 2.12 2.50 3.00
B .62 .75 .88 1.12 1.38 1.75 2.12
C 1.38 1.75 2.25 3.25 4.50 5.50 6.50
D .75 .88 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.25
E 1.50 1.88 2.81 3.06 5.75 6.34 7.70
F .44 .50 .56 .75 .88 1.12 1.25
G 3.38 4.15 5.50 6.34 9.75 11.50 16.75
H 3.68 4.25 4.72 5.88 7.19 9.31 10.38
J 1.12 1.31 1.50 1.88 2.25 3.00 3.38
K 1.50 1.81 2.09 2.62 3.12 4.19 4.75
L .75 1.00 1.12 1.38 1.75 2.25 2.75
M 2.69 3.38 4.19 5.62 7.50 9.19 11.00
N 3.22 4.03 4.50 5.59 6.88 8.66 10.22
P .44 .50 .50 .62 .75 1.00 1.22
R 1.00 1.19 1.44 1.81 2.13 2.88 3.19
1&2 3&4 5&6 7&8 9 & 10 11 & 12 13
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6
3-1/4 6-1/2 8-3/4 12-1/2 20-1/2 35 50
*Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
85
Synthetic Sling Hook

WEB SLING HOOK

The Web Sling hook, originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, can also be used with Round Slings as long as the Working Load Limit ratings are compatible. The new hook incorporates the following features: Eye is desigend with a wide beam surface which: Eliminates bunching effects Reduces sling tendency to slide. Allows a better load distribution on internal fibers. Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a working load limit. Hooks available in sizes 1-1/2 (1"), 3 (2"), and 5 (3") tons. All alloy construction. Design factor of 5 to 1. Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.
WS-320 A WEB SLING HOOK

WEB SLING ROUND NOMINAL SLING SIZE SIZE (IN.) (NUMBER) WORKING LOAD LIMIT* (TONS) S-4320 HOOK WS-320 A WSL-320 A REPLACEMENT I.D. S.C WITH LATCH LATCH KIT CODE STOCK NO. STOCK NO. STOCK NO.
1" 2" 3"

WEB SLING ROUND WORKING NOMINAL SLING LOAD SIZE SIZE LIMIT* (IN.) (NUMBER) (TONS)
1 2 3
1-1/2 3 5
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
FA HA IA
1022701 1022712 1022723
1022706 1022717 1022728
1096374 1096468 1096515

WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)
AA
1" 2" 3"
1 2 3
1-1/2 3 5
5.25 2.26 3.98 3.11 1.38 7.11 3.66 5.31 3.97 1.63 9.33 5.13 7.06 4.81 2.00
.84 1.13 1.44
.94 1.32 1.63
.93 1.13
.71 1.50 .94 2.50
.63
.75
.91 2.24 1.01
.98 2.00
1.10 2.86 6.60
.85 1.13 1.09 2.82 1.69 1.16 2.00
1.47 1.31 3.75 1.13 1.63 1.36 3.51 2.59 1.53 2.50
*Note: Proof load is 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 time Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
86
Sling and Hoist Hooks

SLING AND HOIST HOOKS

WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. A failing load may cause serious injury or death. See OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel hoisting by cranes or derricks. A 319, 320 or 322 hook with a PL Latch attached (when secured with the bolt, nut and pin) may be used for lifting personnel. Threads may corrode and/or strip and drop the load. Hook must always support the load. The load must never be supported by the latch. Never apply more force than the hook's assigned Working Load Limit (WLL) rating. Read and understand these instructions before using hook.
S-319
S-320
S-320N
S-322
Important Safety Information Read and Follow

A visual periodic inspection for cracks, nicks, wear, gouges and deformation as part of a comprehensive documented inspection program, should be conducted by trained personnel in compliance with the schedule in ANSI B30.10. For hooks used in frequent load cycles or pulsating loads, the hook and threads should be periodically inspected by Magnetic Particle or Dye Penetrant. (Note: Some disassembly may be required.) Never use a hook whose throat opening has been increased, or whose tip has been bent more than 10 degrees out of plane from the hook body, or is in any other way distorted or bent. Note: A latch will not work properly on a hook with a bent or worn tip. Never use a hook that is worn beyond the limits shown in Figure 1. Remove from service any hook with a crack, nick, or gouge. Hooks with a crack, nick or gouge shall be repaired by grinding lengthwise, following the contour of the hook, provided that the reduced dimension is within the limits shown in Figure 1. Never repair, alter, rework, or reshape a hook by welding, heating, burning, or bending. Never side load, back load, or tip load a hook. (See Figure 2) Eye hooks, shank hooks and swivel hooks are designed to be used with wire rope or chain. Efficiency of assembly may be reduced when used with synthetic material. Do not swivel the S-322 swivel hook while it is supporting a load. The use of a latch may be mandatory by regulations or safety codes; e.g., OSHA, MSHA, ANSI/ASME B30, Insurance, etc. Always make sure the hook supports the load. (See Figure 3) The latch must never support the load. (See Figure 4) When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle from the vertical to the outermost leg is not greater than 45 degrees, and the included angle between the legs does not exceed 90 degrees.* (See Figure 5) See ANSI/ASME B30.10 "Hooks" for additional information.
2/3 45 45 ZONE B ZONE B ZONE C 45 45 ZONE C 60
2/3
60
ZONE D
ZONE A
ZONE A
ZONE ZONE ZONE ZONE
A: B: C: D:
REPAIR NOT REQUIRED 10% OF ORIGINAL DIMENSION 5% OF ORIGINAL DIMENSION SEE MINIMUM THREAD SIZE
Figure 1
Side Load
Back Load
Tip Load
WRONG
Figure 2
*For two legged slings with angles greater than 90, use an intermediate link such as a master link or bolt type shackle to collect the legs of the slings. The intermediate link can then be placed over the hook to provide an in-line load on the hook. This approach must also be used when using slings with three or more legs. HEADQUARTERS: 55
RIGHT
WRONG
Figure 3
Figure 4
Figure 5
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
87
Hoist Hooks
SHANK HOOKS
The most complete line of shank hoist hooks. Available 3/4 to 300 tons. Available in carbon steel, alloy steel, and bronze. Quenched and Tempered. Proper design, careful forging and precision controlled quench and tempering give maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk. Every Crosby Shank Hook has a pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch. Even years after purchase of the original hook, latch assemblies can be added. Load Rating code stamped on each hook (Refer to Hook Identification Code columns below).
WORKING LOAD LIMIT* (TONS) SHANK LENGTH CARBON ALLOY BRONZE TYPE 3/4* 1 .5 Std. 1** 1-1/2 .6 Std. 1-1/2** 2 1.0 Std. 2** 3 1.4 Std. 3** 4-1/2 2.0 Std. 5** 7 3.5 Std. 7-1/2** 11 5.0 Std. 10** 15 6.5 Std. 15** 22 10.0 Std. 20 30 Std. 20 30 Long 25 37 Std. 25 37 Long 30 45 Std. 30 45 Long 40 60 Std 40 60 Long 50 75 Std. 50 75 Long 100 Std. 100 Long 150 Std. 200 Std. 300 Std. HOOK IDENTIFICATION CODE 319-C 319-A 320-C 320-A 319-B 322-C 322-A DC DA DB FC FA FB GC GA GB HC HA HB IC IA IB JC JA JB KC KA KB LC LA LB NC NA NB OC OA OC OA PC PA PC PA SC SA SC SA TC TA TC TA UC UA UC UA WA WA XA YA ZA DIMENSIONS (IN.)
S-319
S-319N
A 4.42 5.05 5.74 6.53 8.07 10.19 12.52 14.05 17.38 19.47 24.81 27.44 32.31
B 1.47 1.75 2.13 2.41 3.00 3.81 4.66 5.38 6.63 7.00 8.50 9.31 10.75
C 3.34 3.80 4.24 4.82 5.91 7.47 9.16 10.19 12.82 14.06 18.19 20.12 23.72
D 2.86 3.15 3.55 3.97 4.87 6.27 7.50 8.37 10.34 13.62 13.62 14.06 14.06 15.44 15.44 18.50 18.50 20.62 20.62 23.00 23.00 24.38 26.69 30.12
F 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.25 4.25 5.00 5.00 5.38 5.38 6.00 6.00 7.00 7.00 7.75 7.75 6.81 6.81 6.75 7.50 9.50
G .73 .84 1.00 1.13 1.44 1.81 2.25 2.59 3.00 3.62 3.62 4.56 4.56 5.06 5.06 6.00 6.00 6.69 6.69 8.59 8.59 9.12 9.75 10.62
H .81 .94 1.16 1.32 1.63 2.06 2.63 2.94 3.50 4.62 4.62 5.00 5.00 5.50 5.50 6.50 6.50 7.25 7.25 9.88 9.88 10.94 11.81 12.94
**Available hot dip galvanized. See column "Y" for actual shank length. Cams on these hook sizes fit PL Latch only. Hook I.D. Codes: A - Alloy Steel, B - Bronze, C - Carbon Steel.
*NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton thru 22 tons average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 1 ton through 22 tons average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 30 tons through 300 tons (ultimate load is All Bronze hooks average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
88
Hoist Hooks
Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK features. Deformation Indicators Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or eye and the other on the hook up, which allow for a QUIC-CHECK measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload. To check, use a measuring device (i.e. tape measure) to measure the distance between the marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible damage. Angle Indicators Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs.
Shank Hook dimensions with PL Latch Assembled
DIMENSIONS (IN.) J .93 .97 1.06 1.19 1.50 1.78 2.41 2.62 3.41 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.75 4.75 5.75 5.75 6.50 6.50 5.88 5.88 6.00 6.60 8.00 K .63 .71 .88 .94 1.31 1.66 1.88 2.19 2.69 3.00 3.00 3.62 4.00 3.72 4.50 4.44 5.50 6.25 6.25 5.50 5.50 6.00 7.00 7.25 L 5.14 5.68 6.35 4.14 8.63 10.43 12.52 13.47 16.65 23.09 31.09 31.12 41.12 34.12 43.12 36.06 47.56 41.16 49.16 42.12 48.12 45.75 50.50 54.69 O .89 .91 1.00 1.09 1.36 1.61 2.08 2.27 3.02 3.25 3.25 3.00 3.00 3.38 3.38 4.12 4.12 5.38 5.38 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.00 6.25 P 2.00 2.24 2.45 2.82 3.51 4.52 5.32 6.00 6.90 8.78 8.78 11.38 11.38 12.63 12.63 14.81 14.81 16.53 16.53 17.38 17.38 18.00 19.25 22.69 Q .75 .91 1.13 1.25 1.56 2.00 2.44 2.84 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.94 5.69 R 2.35 2.59 2.76 3.16 3.85 4.77 5.88 6.37 8.14 9.44 9.44 12.56 12.56 14.00 14.00 15.50 15.50 19.38 19.38 18.41 18.41 18.38 20.50 23.50 T .87 .98 1.03 1.16 1.53 1.96 2.47 2.62 2.83 3.44 3.44 3.88 3.88 4.75 4.75 5.69 5.69 6.00 6.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 8.00 8.25 X .59 .66 .72 .88 1.16 1.41 1.81 2.00 2.56 3.12 3.12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.50 4.50 5.00 5.00 7.00 7.00 7.25 8.00 9.50 Y 2.06 2.25 2.59 2.84 3.34 3.84 4.38 4.50 5.50 10.00 18.00 15.00 24.00 15.00 24.00 14.50 26.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 21.00 18.00 20.00 20.00 Z .69 .78 .88 1.00 1.25 1.56 1.94 2.19 2.63 3.12 3.12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.50 4.50 5.00 5.00 7.00 7.00 7.25 8.00 9.50 AA 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 6.50 6.50 7.00 7.00 8.00 8.00 10.00 10.00 11.50 11.50 12.00 12.00 13.00 13.00 15.00
WEGHT EACH (LBS.)

DEFORMATION INDICATOR
319 .50 .75 1.00 1.82 3.69 7.25 13.49 18.00 35.33 72.00 85.50 134.00 172.00 182.00 214.00 268.00 312.00 390.00 390.00 610.00 675.00 735.00 1020.00 1390.00
320 .61 .75 1.00 1.85 3.85 7.25 13.00 17.25 33.00 53.00 85.50 134.00 172.00 182.00 214.00 268.00 312.00 390.00 390.00 610.00 675.00 735.00 1020.00 1390.00
Dimensions shown are for S-4320 latch kits. Dimensions for sizes 20 ton carbon and larger are for PL Latch Kits. Dimension before machining (as forged).
*NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton thru 22 tons average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 1 ton through 22 tons average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Wroking Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 30 tons through 300 tons (ultimate load is All Bronze hooks average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
89

EYE HOOKS
All Crosby 320 Eye Hoist Hooks incorporate the following features: Designed with 5:1 Design Factor. Proper design, careful forging and precision controlled quenched and tempering give maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk. Pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch. Eye hooks are load rated. Available in carbon steel and alloy steel. Strategically placed markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK features. (See following page) Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles. Low profile hook tip. Integrated latch (S-4320) meets the World class standard for lifting. Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip. High cycle, long life spring. When secured with proper cotter pin through the hole in the tip of the hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel hoisting.
S-320
S-320N / S-1320N
WORKING LOAD LIMITS* (TONS) CARBON 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 ALLOY 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7 11 15 22 30 37 45 60 HOOK ID CODE D F G H I J K L N O P S T CARBON S-320C S.C. 1022200 1022211 1022222 1022233 1022244 1022255 1022264 1022277 1022288 1023289 1023305 1023323 1023341
EYE HOOK STOCK NO. CARBON G-320C GALV. 1022208 1022219 1022230 1022241 1022249 1022262 1022274 1022285 1022296
REPLACEMENT LATCH KITS ALLOY S320A S.C. 1022375 1022386 1022397 1022406 1022419 1022430 1022441 1022452 1022465 1023546 1023564 1023582 1023608 WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) .61 .89 1.44 2.07 4.30 8.30 15.00 21.60 39.50 60.00 105.00 148.00 228.00 S-4320 STOCK NO. 1096325 1096374 1096421 1096468 1096515 1096562 1096609 1096657 1096704 PL STOCK NO. 1093716 1093717 1093718 1093719 SS-4055 STOCK NO. 1090161 1090189 1090189 1090205
*Eye Hooks (3/4TC - 22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC - 60TA), Proof Load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks average straightening loads (ultimate load) is 5 tiimes Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton average load) is 4.5 times Working Load Limit. New 320N style hook.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
90


Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUICCHECK features. Deformation Indicators Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or eye and the other on the hook up, which allow for a QUIC-CHECK measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload. To check, use a measuring device (i.e. tape measure) to measure the distance between the marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible damage. Angle Indicators Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the opportunity to approimate other included angles between two sling legs.
Shank Hook dimensions with PL Latch Assembled
HOOK ID CODE D F G H I J K L N O P S T
C 3.34 3.81 4.14 4.69 5.77 7.37 9.07 10.08 12.53 14.06 18.19 20.12 23.72
D 2.83 3.11 .353 3.97 4.81 6.27 7.45 8.30 10.30 13.62 14.06 15.44 18.50
F 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.25 4.25 5.00 5.38 6.00 7.00
G .73 .84 1.00 1.13 1.44 1.81 2.25 2.59 3.00 3.62 4.56 5.06 6.00
J .91 .93 1.00 1.13 1.47 1.75 2.29 2.50 3.30 4.00 4.25 4.75 5.75
DIMENSIONS (IN.) K .63 .71 .88 .94 1.31 1.66 1.88 2.19 2.69 3.00 4.00 4.50 5.50
M .63 .71 .88 .94 1.31 1.66 1.63 1.94 2.38 3.00 3.19 3.25 3.91
N .36 .42 .55 .58 .72 .90 1.11 4.27 1.56 1.75 2.00 2.18 2.53
O .89 .91 1.00 1.09 1.36 1.61 2.08 2.27 3.02 3.25 3.00 3.38 4.12
Q .75 .91 1.13 1.25 1.56 2.00 2.44 2.84 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.94 5.69
T .87 .98 1.03 1.16 1.53 1.96 2.47 2.62 2.83 3.44 3.88 4.75 5.69
AA 1.50 2.00 3.00 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 6.50 7.00 8.00 10.00
*Eye Hooks (3/4TC - 22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC - 60TA), Proof Load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks average straightening loads (ultimate load) is 5 tiimes Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton average load) is 4.5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
91
Clevises
W T N A
Material: C-1035 and SA-182-F-11 in stock Threads: U.N.C. Class 2B, Right or Left Hand Finish: Self-Colored, Galvanized, Plated Options: Stainless Steel; Other Alloys; Special Threading Maximum working loads have been established with a safety factor of 5:1 using the maximum pin diameter, the resulting net area of the eye at the pin hole, and the expected ultimate tensile strength of C-1035 steel. The maximum tap size (U dimension) shown in Table I is for reference purposes only. It should be used only to determine the largest tap diameter the clevis can accommodate without considering the pin diameter. Use Table II to select the proper combination of tap size and pin diameter for any given size of clevis. Clevis sizes in Table II for any given tap size and pin diameter combination are based upon the net area of the eye at the pin hole being equal to or greater than 125% of the net area at the minor diameter of a round rod without upset ends, threaded Unified National Coarse Series. For any combination of tap size and pin diameter shown, the pin in double shear will develop the strength of the rod if both the rod and pin are made from steel having the same physical properties. The pin must be investigated for bending, however; and if inadequate, a larger diameter pin selected. Pins supplied with clevises by Cleveland City Forge are made from steel having a minimum ultimate tensile strength of 58,000 pounds per square inch, unless otherwise specified. If the pin is made from steel with physical properties lower in value than the steel used for the rod, the pin may not develop the strength of the rod in either shear or bending; requiring a larger diameter pin. Some combinations of tap size and pin diameter shown will not develop the maximum working load of the clevis shown in Table I. Selection of the rod and pin, the material from which both are made, as well as the clevis size adequate to meet the required design load is the responsibility of the purchaser or user. Load imposed upon the clevis should not exceed the maximum working load values shown in Table I.
TABLE I STANDARD CLEVIS DIMENSIONS Inches

CLEVIS NO. D N U MAX. W TOLERANCE A P MAX. MAX. WORKING LOAD KIPS WGT. EACH LBS.
2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5 6 7 8
1-7/16 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5 6 7 8
5/8 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 3 4
5/8 1-1/16 5/16 + 1/32 - 0 7/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-1/8 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 4 3-1/2 4 5/16 + 1/32 - 0 1/2 + 1/32 - 1/32 1/2 + 1/16 - 1/16 5/8 + 3/32 - 0 3/4 + 3/32 - 0 7/8 + 1/8 - 1/16
3-9/16 4 5-1/16 6 7 8 9
3/4 1-1/2 1-3/7 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-3/4 4-1/4
3.5 7.5 15 18 21 37.5 54 68.5 135
1 2-1/2 4 6 8 16 26 36 90
1/2 + 1/16 - 1/16 5-15/16
1-1/2 + 1/8 - 1/16 10-1/8
TABLE II DIAMETER OF PIN Inches

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4
DIAMETER OF TAP Inches
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6
4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6
5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8
6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
8 8 8 8 8 8
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
92
Hooks
HOOKS SNAP REPLACEMENT SORTING

SLIDING CHOKER HOOKS
FORGED ALLOY STEEL through 3/4". Wide throat to take heavy thimbles
*Ultimate Load is 5 times Safe Working Load. When ordering, EYE diameter ("C") should be specified. SINGLE PART ROPE SIZE 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 EIGHT PART ROPE SIZE 1/8 3/16 1/4 SAFE WORKING LOAD* (LBS.) 2,500 3,300 5,000 8,000 Quenched & Tempered DIMENSIONS (IN.) A 2-1/16 2-1/4 3-1/16 3-3/8 C 5/8 3/4 3/4 OR 1 1 OR 1-7/16 E 5/8 25/32 5/16 1-5/32 L 4-9/32 4-31/32 6-3/8 7-21/32 WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) .77 1.19 2.89 5.00
A-350
SLIDING CHOKER HOOK with LATCH
Pressed steel latches and stainless steel springs, bolts and nuts. Safe Working Loads shown are based on Ultimate Load that is 4 times the Safe Working Load.
G-3315
SNAP HOOKS
HOOK SIZE (IN.) 7/16 9/16
Forged Steel, Quenched & Tempered INSIDE DIAM. OF EYE (IN.) 3/4 1-1/8 THROAT OPENING (IN.) 3/4 13/16 LENGTH OVERALL (IN.) 3-15/16 4-3/4 WEIGHT POUNDS PER 100 23.25 48.25
SAFE WORKING LOAD (LBS.) 750 1,000
Easily attached to any hoist with welded link load chain and roller chain or wire rope with suitable end fitting. Spring latch, latch bolt with self locking nut stainless steel. Nuts cadmium plated brass. For chain and electric hoists with swivel jaw-forged.
REPLACEMENT HOOKS
SIZE HOIST (TON) 1/2 1 WIDTH BETWEEN JAWS (IN.) 9/16 11/16
Quenched & Tempered OVERALL LENGTH (IN.) 6-1/8 7-11/16 THROAT OPENING (IN.) 31/32 1-1/8 WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) 1.25 2.61
DIAM. BOLT (IN.) 3/8 7/16
S-3316
SORTING HOOKS
Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of flat plates or large cylindrical shapes. The long tapered point allow easy grab in rings, pear links, eye bolts or lifting holes.
A-378
Safe Working Load at Tip Overall Length I.D. of Eye Opening at Top of Hook Radius at Bottom of Hook Weight Each
Forged Alloy Steel Quenched & Tempered 2 Ton 7-1/2 Ton 9-11/16" 1-3/8" 2-13/16" 5/8" 6.42 Lbs.
Safe Working Load at Bottom of Hook
Ultimate load is 5 times the Safe Working Load.
SORTING HOOK with HANDLE

HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
93
Chain Hooks
CM ALLOY CLEVIS TYPE GRAB HOOK GRADE 80

Attach directly to the chain no connecting links to buy. Heat treated pins. Extra deep throat. Painted orange. Hooks embossed with chain grade. "Alloy" forged on every hook. Grab hooks are compatible with grade 80 alloy chain except M807A. Alloy clevis hooks develop the mechanical properties of grade 80, as stated, but are not recommended for overhead lifting sling applications.
M806A
CHAIN SIZE (IN.) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8
WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS.) 3,500 4,500 7,100 6,900 12,000 18,100
PROD. CODE M804A M805A M806A M807A** M808A M810A
DIMENSIONS (IN.) W 5/16 3/8 29/64 1/2 19/32 3/4 D 1-15/16 2-9/32 2-5/8 3 3-7/16 4-5/16 H 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 21-32 23-32 L 3-1/4 3-31/32 4-1/2 5-1/32 5-23/32 6-7/8 P 21/64 25/64 1/2 1/2 19/32 3/4 R 1-7/8 2-3/8 2-5/8 3 3-5/16 3-15/16
APPROX WEIGHT EA. (LBS.) .38 .62 .96 1.46 2.02 3.75
Alloy clevis hooks develop the mechanical properties of grade 80, as stated, but are not recommended for overhead lifting sling applications. **Grade 63
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
94
Wedge Sockets
WEDGE SOCKET
Extended Wedge Socket Assembly U.S. Patent No. 5,553,360
WARNING
Loads may slip and fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed. A failing load can seriously injure or kill. Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge Socket. Do not side load the Wedge Socket. Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.
FIGURE 1
S-421T "THE TERMINATOR"

NOTE: Existing Crosby S-421 Wedge Sockets can be retrofitted with the New Terminator Wedge.
New QUIC-CHECK "Go" and "No-Go" features cast into wedge. The proper size wire rope is determined when the following criteria are met: 1. The wire rope shall pass thru the "Go" hole in the wedge. 2. The wire rope shall NOT pass thru the "No-Go" hole in the wedge.
"No-Go"
*TAIL LENGTH

"Go"
RIGHT
*Tail Length
Inspection / Maintenance Safety Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using. Do not use part showing cracks. Do not use modified or substitute parts. Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not repair by welding. Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often in severe operating conditions. Assembly Safety Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of designated size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger size socket. For example: When using 9/16" diameter wire rope use a 5/8" size Wedge Socket Assembly. WElding of the tail on the standard wire rope is not recommended. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6". (See Figure 1) To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands) ensure that the dead end is welded, brazed or seized before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20 rope diameters but not less than 6". (See Figure 1) Properly match socket, wedge and clip (See Table I) to wire rope size. Align live end of rope, with center line of pin. (See Figure 1) Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1) Tighten nuts on clip to recommended torque. (Table I) Do not attach dead end to live end or install wedge backwards. (See Figure 2) Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into socket as possible before applying first load.
Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope A minimum of 6 rope diameters, but not less than 6".
Rotation Resistant Wire Rope A minimum of 20 rope diameters, but not less than 6".
TABLE I
Rope Size 3/8 7/16 1/2 Clip Size 3/8 7/16 1/2 *Torque Ft./Lbs. 45 65 65 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 95 95 130 225 225 225 360
*The lightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.
WRONG Rope Backward
WRONG Wedge Backward
WRONG Tail Clipped to live Line
FIGURE 2
Operating Safety Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Efficiency rating of the Wedge socket termination is based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire Rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge Socket is 80%. During use, do not strike the dead end section with any other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
95
Wedge Sockets
"THE TERMINATOR"
Crosby's New & Improved Wedge Socket

U.S. Patent No. 5,553,360 and foreign equivalents
S-421T
Basket is cast steel. Individually magnetic particle inspected. Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to be used in conjunction with open swage and spelter sockets. Secures the tail or "dead end" of the wire rope to the wedge, thus eliminates loss or "Punch out" of the wedge. The TERMINATOR wedge eliminates the potential breaking off of the tail due to fatigue. The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the wedge, is left undeformed and available for reuse. Incorporates Crosby's patented QUIC-CHECK "Go" and "No-Go" feature cast into the wedge. The proper size rope is determined when the following criteria are met: 1. The wire rope should pass thru the "Go" hole in the wedge. 2. The wire rope should NOT pass thru the "No-Go" hole in the wedge. Utilizes standard Crosby Red-U-Bolt wire rope clip. Generates a minimum efficiency of 80% based on the catalog breaking strength of the wire rope. Standard S-421 wedge socket can be retrofitted with the new style TERMINATOR wedge. Available with Bolt, Nut and Cotter Pin.
WIRE ROPE SIZE (IN.)
S-421T STOCK NO COMPLETE ASSEMBLY*
S-421T WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)
S-421TW STOCK NO. WEDGE ONLY
S-421TW WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4**
1035000 1035009 1035018 1035027 1035036 1035045 1035051 1040448
3.18 6.15 9.70 14.50 21.50 30.75 45.30 57.50
1035555 1035564 1035573 1035582 1035591 1035600 1035609 1040607
.50 1.05 1.79 2.60 4.02 5.37 7.84 6.81
*Terminator Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin and Wire Rope Clip. **1-1/4" not available in TERMINATOR style.
WIRE ROPE DIA. (IN.) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
DIMENSIONS (IN) A 5.63 6.81 8.16 9.78 11.16 12.75 14.38 16.00 B 2.66 3.53 4.25 4.96 5.66 6.31 6.94 7.53 C .81 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 D .81 1.00 1.19 1.38 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.50 G 1.38 1.62 2.12 2.44 2.69 2.56 3.31 3.56 H 3.12 3.85 4.58 5.37 6.28 7.02 7.76 N/A J 7.38 8.75 10.34 12.03 14.00 15.86 17.70 N/A K 1.60 1.21 1.64 2.17 2.22 2.71 2.50 3.39 L .88 1.06 1.22 1.40 1.66 2.00 2.25 2.50 P 1.56 1.94 2.25 2.62 3.12 3.75 4.25 4.75 R .44 .50 .56 .66 .75 .88 1.00 1.12 S 2.13 2.56 3.25 3.63 4.31 4.70 5.44 6.13 T .44 .53 .69 .78 .88 1.03 1.19 1.31 U 1.25 1.75 2.00 2.34 2.69 2.88 3.13 3.38 V 1.38 1.88 2.19 2.56 2.94 3.29 3.56 3.81
Nominal For intermediate wire rope sizes use next larger size socket. HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
96
Hook & Eye Turnbuckles

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST J OPEN K CLOSED D F BB E CLOSED M OPEN N CLOSED X CLOSED A S R
Hot Dip galvanized steel. End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
HG-225 HOOK & EYE

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb., Type 1, Form 1 CLASS 6, and ASTM F-1145, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye. Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties. TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC threads. Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
THREAD DIAMETER & TAKE UP (IN.)
STOCK NO. GALV.
WORKING LOAD WEIGHT LIMIT* EACH (LBS.) (LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (IN) A D E CLOSED F J K M N OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED R S X CLOSED BB
1/4 x 4 5/16 x 4-1/2 3/8 x 6 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 x 12 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 9 5/8 x 12 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 9 3/4 x 12 3/4 x 18 7/8 x 12 7/8 x 18 1x6 1 x 12 1 x 18 1 x 24 1-1/4 x 12 1-1/4 x 18 1-1/4 x 24 1-1/2 x 12 1-1/2 x 18 1-1/2 x 24
1030636 1030654 1030672 1030690 1030716 1030734 1030752 1030770 1030798 1030814 1030832 1030850 1030878 1030896 1030912 1030930 1030958 1030976 1030994 1031010 1031038 1031056 1031074 1031092 1031118
400 700 1000 1500 1500 1500 2250 2250 2250 3000 3000 3000 3000 4000 4000 5000 5000 5000 5000 6500 6500 6500 7500 7500 7500
.29 .49 .78 1.61 1.85 2.26 2.70 3.13 3.78 3.89 4.61 5.83 6.33 8.10 9.95 9.33 11.93 14.00 17.25 19.00 23.00 24.00 27.50 31.00 37.50
.25 .31 .38 .50 .50 .50 .63 .63 .63 .75 .75 .75 .75 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50
.45 .50 .56 .66 .66 .66 .90 .90 .90 .98 .98 .98 .98 1.13 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.88 1.88 1.88
1.59 1.94 2.30 2.94 2.94 2.94 3.69 3.69 3.69 4.52 4.52 4.52 4.52 5.19 5.19 5.84 5.84 5.84 5.84 7.22 7.22 7.22 8.34 8.34 8.34
1.27 1.50 1.77 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.81 2.81 2.81 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.78 3.78 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 5.13 5.13 5.13 5.75 5.75 5.75
11.46 13.19 16.98 19.45 25.45 31.45 21.96 27.96 33.21 23.13 29.13 35.13 47.13 36.53 48.53 26.80 38.80 50.80 62.80 41.63 53.63 65.63 44.72 56.72 68.72
7.46 8.69 10.98 12.45 15.45 18.45 13.96 16.96 19.96 15.63 18.63 21.63 27.63 22.78 28.78 18.80 24.80 30.80 36.80 27.13 33.13 39.13 29.72 35.72 41.72
12.09 13.47 17.94 20.67 26.67 32.67 22.72 28.72 34.72 24.95 30.95 36.95 48.95 38.66 50.66 29.20 41.20 53.20 65.20 44.56 56.56 68.56 47.72 59.72 71.72
8.09 9.47 11.94 13.67 16.67 19.67 15.47 18.47 21.47 17.45 20.45 23.45 29.45 24.91 30.91 21.20 27.20 33.20 39.20 30.06 36.06 42.06 32.72 38.72 44.72
.78 .94 1.12 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.80 1.80 1.80 2.09 2.09 2.09 2.09 2.38 2.38 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.56 3.56 3.56 4.06 4.06 4.06
.34 .44 .53 .72 .72 .72 .88 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.12 2.12 2.12
1.75 2.09 2.52 3.23 3.23 3.23 3.90 3.90 3.90 4.69 4.69 4.69 4.69 5.10 5.10 6.36 6.36 6.36 6.36 7.72 7.72 7.72 8.62 8.62 8.62
4.00 4.50 6.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 18.00 12.00 18.00 6.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00
*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit. HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
97
Hook & Hook Turnbuckles

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST J OPEN K CLOSED D F BB E CLOSED M OPEN N CLOSED A
Hot Dip galvanized steel. End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties. TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC threads. Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Fatigue Rated.
HG-223 HOOK & HOOK

STOCK NO. GALV.
DIMENSIONS (IN) A D E CLOSED F J OPEN K CLOSED M OPEN N CLOSED BB
1/4 x 4 5/16 x 4-1/2 3/8 x 6 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 x 12 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 9 5/8 x 12 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 9 3/4 x 12 3/4 x 18 7/8 x 12 7/8 x 18 1x6 1 x 12 1 x 18 1 x 24 1-1/4 x 12 1-1/4 x 18 1-1/4 x 24 1-1/2 x 12 1-1/2 x 18 1-1/2 x 24
1030011 1030039 1030057 1030075 1030093 1030119 1030137 1030155 1030173 1030191 1030217 1030235 1030253 1030271 1030299 1030315 1030333 1030351 1030379 1030397 1030413 1030431 1030459 1030477 1030495
400 700 1000 1500 1500 1500 2250 2250 2250 3000 3000 3000 3000 4000 4000 5000 5000 5000 5000 6500 6500 6500 7500 7500 7500
.30 .47 .78 1.60 1.83 2.28 2.75 3.38 3.50 3.89 5.28 5.43 8.12 8.10 9.95 9.33 11.93 14.00 17.25 20.58 23.00 27.00 27.50 31.00 37.50
.25 .31 .38 .50 .50 .50 .63 .63 .63 .75 .75 .75 .75 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50
.45 .50 .56 .66 .66 .66 .90 .90 .90 .98 .98 .98 .98 1.13 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.88 1.88 1.88
1.59 1.94 2.30 2.94 2.94 2.94 3.69 3.69 3.69 4.52 4.52 4.52 4.52 5.19 5.19 5.84 5.74 5.84 5.84 7.22 7.22 7.22 8.34 8.34 8.34
1.27 1.50 1.77 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.81 2.81 2.81 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.78 3.78 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 5.13 5.13 5.13 5.75 5.75 5.75
11.12 12.81 16.50 18.82 24.82 30.82 20.50 26.50 32.50 22.38 28.38 34.38 46.38 36.00 48.00 25.63 37.63 49.63 61.63 40.44 52.44 64.44 43.94 55.96 67.94
7.12 8.31 10.50 11.82 14.82 17.82 13.25 16.25 19.25 14.88 17.88 20.88 26.88 22.25 28.25 17.63 23.63 29.63 35.63 25.94 31.94 37.94 28.94 34.94 40.94
11.94 13.81 17.72 20.38 26.38 32.38 22.50 28.50 34.50 24.78 30.78 36.78 48.78 38.75 50.75 28.69 40.69 52.69 64.69 44.06 56.06 68.06 47.44 59.44 71.44
7.94 9.31 11.72 13.38 16.38 19.38 15.25 18.25 21.25 17.28 20.28 23.28 29.28 25.00 31.00 20.69 26.69 32.69 38.69 29.56 35.56 41.56 32.44 38.44 44.44
4.00 4.50 6.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 18.00 12.00 18.00 6.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00
*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
98
Jaw & Eye Turnbuckles

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST J OPEN K CLOSED A
G B
R S
BB E CLOSED X CLOSED M OPEN N CLOSED
Hot Dip galvanized steel. End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye. Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and cotters on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes. TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC threads. Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
HG-227 JAW & EYE

STOCK NO. GALV.
DIMENSIONS (IN) A D E CLOSED F J K M N OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED R S X CLOSED BB
1/4 x 4 5/16 x 4-1/2 3/8 x 6 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 x 12 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 9 5/8 x 12 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 9 3/4 x 12 3/4 x 18 7/8 x 12 7/8 x 18 1x6 1 x 12 1 x 18 1 x 24 1-1/4 x 12 1-1/4 x 18 1-1/4 x 24 1-1/2 x 12 1-1/2 x 18 1-1/2 x 24 1-3/4 x 18 1-3/4 x 24 2 x 24 2-1/2 x 24 2-3/4 x 24
1031877 1031895 1031911 1031939 1031957 1031975 1031993 1032019 1032037 1032055 1032073 1032091 1032117 1032135 1032153 1032171 1032199 1032215 1032233 1032251 1032279 1032297 1032313 1032331 1032359 1032395 1032411 1032439 1032457 1032475
500 800 1200 2200 2200 2200 3500 3500 3500 5200 5200 5200 5200 7200 7200 10000 10000 10000 10000 15200 15200 15200 21400 21400 21400 28000 28000 37000 60000 75000
.30 .50 .80 1.51 1.71 2.08 2.35 3.17 3.61 4.00 4.75 5.93 7.00 8.36 9.75 8.92 11.20 13.30 17.00 19.42 24.18 28.50 28.99 35.00 39.18 53.75 60.68 89.00 150.00 183.00
.25 .31 .38 .50 .50 .50 .63 .63 .63 .75 .75 .75 .75 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.50 2.75
.45 .50 .54 .55 .55 .55 .82 .82 .82 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.23 1.23 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.86 1.86 1.86 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.60 2.60 2.62 3.06 3.68
1.58 1.98 2.12 2.75 2.75 2.75 3.50 3.50 3.50 4.18 4.18 4.18 4.18 4.85 4.85 5.53 5.53 5.53 5.53 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.88 7.88 7.88 9.40 9.40 11.86 13.56 15.22
.62 .87 .87 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.75 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 3.38 3.38 3.69 4.44 4.19
11.35 13.71 16.81 19.29 25.29 31.29 20.99 26.99 32.99 22.69 28.69 34.69 46.69 36.09 48.09 26.34 38.34 50.34 62.34 41.32 53.32 65.32 43.50 55.50 67.50 55.38 67.38 72.62 75.80 77.88
7.35 8.71 10.81 12.29 15.29 18.29 13.74 16.74 19.74 15.19 18.19 21.19 27.19 22.34 28.34 18.34 24.34 30.34 36.34 26.82 32.82 38.82 28.50 34.50 40.50 37.38 43.38 48.62 51.80 53.88
12.07 14.01 17.77 20.47 26.48 32.48 22.53 28.53 34.53 24.61 30.61 36.61 48.61 38.32 50.32 28.89 40.89 52.89 64.89 44.55 56.05 68.55 47.25 59.25 71.25 59.78 71.78 77.95 82.40 85.50
8.17 9.51 11.77 13.48 16.48 19.48 15.28 18.28 21.28 17.11 20.11 23.11 29.11 24.57 30.57 20.89 26.89 32.89 38.89 30.05 36.05 42.05 32.25 38.25 44.25 41.78 47.78 53.95 58.40 61.50
.78 .94 1.12 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.80 1.80 1.80 2.09 2.09 2.09 2.09 2.38 2.38 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.56 3.56 3.56 4.06 4.06 4.06 4.62 4.62 5.75 6.50 7.00
.34 .44 .53 .72 .72 .72 .88 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.38 2.38 2.69 3.12 3.25
1.75 2.09 2.52 3.23 3.23 3.23 3.90 3.90 3.90 4.69 4.69 4.69 4.69 5.10 5.10 6.36 6.36 6.36 6.36 7.72 7.72 7.72 8.62 8.62 8.62 10.00 10.00 13.09 13.78 15.22
4.00 4.50 6.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 18.00 12.00 18.00 6.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 18.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
99
Eye & Eye Turnbuckles

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST J OPEN K CLOSED A
R S
BB X CLOSED M OPEN N CLOSED
Hot Dip galvanized steel. End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye. TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC threads. Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Fatigue Rated.
HG-226 EYE & EYE

THREAD DIAMETER & TAKE UP (IN.) WORKING LOAD WEIGHT LIMIT* EACH (LBS.) (LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (IN) A J OPEN K CLOSED M OPEN N CLOSED R S X CLOSED BB
STOCK NO. GALV.
1/4 x 4 5/16 x 4-1/2 3/8 x 6 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 x 12 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 9 5/8 x 12 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 9 3/4 x 12 3/4 x 18 7/8 x 12 7/8 x 18 1x6 1 x 12 1 x 18 1 x 24 1-1/4 x 12 1-1/4 x 18 1-1/4 x 24 1-1/2 x 12 1-1/2 x 18 1-1/2 x 24 1-3/4 x 18 1-3/4 x 24 2 x 24 2-1/2 x 24 2-3/4 x 24
1031252 1031270 1031298 1031314 1031332 1031350 1031378 1031396 1031412 1031430 1031458 1031476 1031494 1031519 1031537 1031555 1031573 1031591 1031617 1031635 1031653 1031671 1031699 1031715 1031733 1031779 1031797 1031813 1031831 1031859
500 800 1200 2200 2200 2200 3500 3500 3500 5200 5200 5200 5200 7200 7200 10000 10000 10000 10000 15200 15200 15200 21400 21400 21400 28000 28000 37000 60000 75000
.26 .45 .76 1.54 1.13 2.14 3.28 2.83 3.42 3.79 4.61 5.48 7.19 7.22 9.95 9.04 11.50 14.00 17.25 19.00 23.00 27.00 27.50 31.00 37.50 52.50 58.00 85.25 144.25 194.00
.25 .31 .38 .50 .50 .50 .63 .63 .63 .75 .75 .75 .75 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.50 2.75
11.80 13.56 17.47 20.08 26.08 32.08 21.93 27.93 33.93 23.88 29.88 35.88 47.88 37.07 49.07 27.97 39.97 51.97 63.97 42.81 54.81 66.81 45.50 57.50 69.50 57.38 69.38 75.69 78.62 81.00
7.80 9.06 11.47 13.08 16.08 19.08 14.68 17.68 20.68 16.38 19.38 22.38 28.38 23.32 29.32 19.97 25.97 31.97 37.97 28.31 34.31 40.31 30.50 36.50 42.50 39.38 45.38 51.69 54.62 57.00
12.25 14.12 18.16 20.96 26.96 32.96 22.93 28.93 34.93 25.12 31.12 37.12 49.12 38.57 50.57 29.72 41.97 53.72 65.82 45.06 57.06 69.06 48.00 60.00 72.00 60.38 72.38 79.19 82.62 85.50
8.25 9.62 12.16 13.96 16.96 19.96 15.68 18.68 21.68 17.62 20.62 23.62 29.62 24.82 30.82 21.72 27.72 33.72 39.72 30.56 36.56 42.56 33.00 39.00 45.00 42.38 48.38 55.19 58.62 61.50
.78 .94 1.12 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.80 1.80 1.80 2.09 2.09 2.09 2.09 2.38 2.38 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.56 3.56 3.56 4.06 4.06 4.06 4.62 4.62 5.75 6.50 7.00
.34 .44 .53 .72 .72 .72 .88 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.38 2.38 2.69 3.12 3.25
1.75 2.09 2.52 3.23 3.23 3.23 3.90 3.90 3.90 4.69 4.69 4.69 4.69 5.10 5.10 6.36 6.36 6.36 6.36 7.72 7.72 7.72 8.62 8.62 8.62 10.00 10.00 13.09 13.78 15.22
4.00 4.50 6.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 18.00 12.00 18.00 6.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 18.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
100
Jaw & Jaw Turnbuckles

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST G J OPEN K CLOSED A B BB E CLOSED M OPEN N CLOSED
Hot Dip galvanized steel. End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and cotters on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes. Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC threads. Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Fatigue Rated.
HG-228 JAW & JAW

THREAD DIAMETER & TAKE UP (IN.) WORKING LOAD WEIGHT LIMIT* EACH (LBS.) (LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (IN) A B E CLOSED G J OPEN K CLOSED M OPEN N CLOSED BB
STOCK NO. GALV.
1/4 x 4 5/16 X 4-1/2 3/8 X 6 1/2 X 6 1/2 X 9 1/2 X 12 5/8 X 6 5/8 X 9 5/8 X 12 3/4 X 6 3/4 X 9 3/4 X 12 3/4 X 18 7/8 X 12 7/8 X 18 1X6 1 X 12 1 X 18 1 X 24 1-1/4 X 12 1-1/4 X 18 1-1/4 X 24 1-1/2 X 12 1-1/2 X 18 1-1/2 X 24 1-3/4 X 18 1-3/4 X 24 2 X 24 2-1/2 X 24 2-3/4 X 24
1032493 1032518 1032536 1032554 1032572 1032590 1032616 1032634 1032652 1032670 1032698 1032714 1032732 1032750 1032778 1032796 1032812 1032830 1032858 1032876 1032894 1032910 1032938 1032956 1032974 1033018 1033036 1033054 1033072 1033090
500 800 1200 2200 2200 2200 3500 3500 3500 5200 5200 5200 5200 7200 7200 10000 10000 10000 10000 15200 15200 15200 21400 21400 21400 28000 28000 37000 60000 75000
.36 .52 .81 1.56 1.74 2.40 2.72 3.43 3.91 4.11 5.46 6.43 8.07 8.17 10.78 10.18 12.52 15.14 18.08 20.59 24.68 28.20 30.69 36.75 40.67 54.00 63.36 94.25 165.00 198.00
.25 .31 .38 .50 .50 .50 .63 .63 .63 .75 .75 .75 .75 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.50 2.75
.45 .50 .54 .55 .55 .55 .82 .82 .82 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.23 1.23 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.86 1.86 1.86 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.60 2.60 2.62 3.06 3.68
1.58 1.98 2.12 2.75 2.75 2.75 3.50 3.50 3.50 4.18 4.18 4.18 4.18 4.85 4.85 5.53 5.53 5.53 5.53 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.88 7.88 7.88 9.40 9.40 11.86 13.56 15.22
.62 .87 .87 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.75 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 3.38 3.38 3.69 4.44 4.19
10.90 12.36 16.14 18.50 24.50 30.50 20.05 26.05 32.05 21.50 27.50 33.50 45.50 35.11 47.00 24.72 36.72 48.72 60.72 39.84 51.84 63.84 51.50 53.50 65.50 53.38 65.38 69.54 72.98 74.75
6.90 8.36 10.14 11.50 14.50 17.50 12.80 15.80 18.80 14.00 17.00 20.00 26.00 21.36 27.36 16.72 22.72 28.72 34.72 25.34 31.34 37.34 26.50 32.50 38.50 35.38 41.38 45.54 48.98 50.75
11.90 13.90 17.38 20.00 26.00 32.00 22.13 28.13 34.13 24.10 30.10 36.10 48.10 38.07 50.07 28.06 40.06 52.06 64.06 44.04 56.04 68.04 46.50 58.50 70.50 59.18 71.18 76.72 82.18 85.50
7.90 9.40 11.38 13.00 16.00 19.00 14.88 17.88 20.88 16.60 19.60 22.60 28.60 24.32 30.32 20.06 26.06 32.06 38.06 29.54 35.54 41.54 31.50 37.50 43.50 41.18 47.18 52.72 58.18 61.50
4.00 4.50 6.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 6.00 9.0 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 18.00 12.00 18.00 6.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 12.00 18.00 24.00 18.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
101
Wire Rope Thimbles

STANDARD WIRE ROPE THIMBLES

DIMENSIONS (IN) ROPE DIAMETER (IN) OVERALL OVERALL LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH WIDTH INSIDE INSIDE INSIDE WIDTH OF SCORE
GALVANIZED STEEL
MAX. PIN DIAM.
WEIGHT POUNDS PER 100
G-411
STANDARD
1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 - 1-1/4
1-15/16 1-1/16 1-15/16 1-1/16 1-15/16 1-1/16 2-1/8 1-1/4 2-3/8 1-15/32 2-3/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 2-3/8 3-3/4 2-11/16 5 3-3/16 5-11/16 3-3/4 6-1/4 4-5/16
1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/4 4-1/2
11/16 11/16 11/16 13/16 15/16 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/2 2-3/4
5/32 7/32 9/32 3/8 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 15/16 1-1/16 1-5/16
5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 7/8 1-1/16 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2-3/8 2-5/8
3.30 3.30 3.30 4.00 7.50 18.80 36.00 60.00 90.00 105.00 166.00
Recommended for light duty service. G-411 meets Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type II.
*Sizes available in open pattern. GALVANIZED AND STAINLESS STEEL MAX. PIN DIAM.
EXTRA HEAVY WIRE ROPE THIMBLES

DIMENSIONS (IN) ROPE DIAMETER (IN) OVERALL OVERALL LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH WIDTH INSIDE INSIDE OVERALL THICKNESS
WEIGHT POUNDS PER 100
G-414 and SS-414

STAINLESS STEEL
*1/4 *5/16 *3/8 7/16 *1/2 9/16 *5/8 *3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 - 1-1/4 1-1/4 - 1-3/8 1-3/8 - 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 - 2 2-1/4
2-3/16 2-1/2 2-7/8 3-1/4 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/4 5 5-1/2 6-1/8 7 9-1/16 9 11-1/4 12-3/16 15-1/8 17-1/8
1-1/2 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-3/8 2-3/4 2-11/16 3-1/8 3-3/16 4-1/4 4-15/16 5-7/8 6-13/16 7-1/8 8-1/8 8-1/2 10-3/8 11-7/8
1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-3/8 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-1/4 4-1/2 5-1/8 6-1/2 6-1/4 8 9 12 14
7/8 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 6 7
13/32 1/2 21/32 3/4 27/32 29/32 1 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-9/16 1-7/8 2-1/4 2-5/8 2-3/4 2-7/8 3-1/8 3-5/8
13/16 15/16 1-1/16 1-3/16 1-7/16 1-7/16 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-7/8 4-3/8 5-7/8 6-7/8
7.50 14.00 25.00 36.00 51.00 51.00 75.00 147.00 185.00 291.66 383.33 816.66 1,166.66 1,625.00 1,837.50 2,575.00 3,850.00
Rugged rope thimbles recommended for heavy duty service. Thimbles G-414 meet Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type III.
EXTRA HEAVY
*Sizes available in Stainless (304) Steel.
S-412
SOLID WIRE ROPE THIMBLES

ROPE DIAMETER (IN) DIMENSIONS (IN) OVERALL LENGTH OVERALL WIDTH THICKNESS MAXIMUM PIN. DIAM. WEIGHT POUNDS EACH
1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 - 1-3/8
2-13/16 4-11/16 4-11/16 6-1/16 6-1/16 7-1/4 7-1/4
2-1/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 4-1/2 4-1/2 5-3/8 5-3/8
7/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-13/16 2-1/16 2-5/16
1 1-3/16 1-3/8 1-5/8 2 2-1/4 2-1/2
1.0 2.5 3.3 5.0 6.5 8.5 10.0
SOLID
Fits open wire rope socket, boom pendant clevis, as well as wedge socket.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
102
Thimbles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST C A
SLIP-THRU THIMBLE
NEWCO SLIP-TRHU THIMBLES are designed to allow passage of an identical thimble through its eye. This is a necessity when a regular sling is used as a choker sling. SLIP-THRU THIMBLES also prevent the eye of the sling from mashing together and the top of the eye wearing excessively. The generous inside dimensions allow the thimbles to fit large crane hooks.
G B
DIMENSIONS AND DATA

THIMBLE CODE *W-2 W-3 W-4 W-5 W-6 W-7 W-8 W-9 W-10 W-11 SLING SIZE SINGLE 5/16 - 3/8 1/2 - 9/16 5/8 - 3/4 7/8 - 1 1-1/8 - 1-1/4 1-3/8 - 1-1/2 1-5/8 - 1-3/4 1-7/8 - 2 2-1/8 - 2-1/4 2-1/2 - 3 8 PTS. 3/32 - 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 - 1/2 9/16 5/8 1/4 7/8 - 1 6 PTS. 3/32 - 1/8 3/16 1/4 - 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 - 1 1-1/8 4 PTS. 1/8 - 3/16 1/4 5/16 - 1/8 7/16 - 1/2 9/16 - 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 - 1-1/4 1-1/4 - 1-3/8 - 1-1/2 A 2-1/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 6-3/4 8 8 9 B 4-1/8 4-3/8 6-5/8 7-1/8 8-3/8 9-1/2 11-3/4 14-1/2 15-1/2 18-1/2 C 7/16 5/8 13/16 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-1/2 3-3/16 DIMENSION (IN) D 13/16 1 1-5/16 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-9/16 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-11/16 ER 9/16 5/8 5/8 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-7/16 1-7/8 2 2-1/2 F 3-1/4 4 5-3/8 6-1/4 7-1/8 8-1/8 9-3/8 13 13 15-3/4 G 5-1/4 6 8-1/2 9-3/8 11 12-1/2 14-3/4 19-1/4 20-1/8 24-3/4 WT. (LBS) 1.3 1.15 3.11 5.6 8.6 11.1 17.6 53 66 126
*Made from High Tensile Malleable. C D N FE B A
CRESCENT THIMBLE
Designed to protect the bearing surface of a loop where a large dimension loop is necessary. The ears are tapered so that they can be bent over. Standard-Laid Rope Size 3/8" to 3".
DIMENSIONS AND DATA

THIMBLE CODE 6C 8C 9C 10C 14C 16C 18C 20C 22C 24C 28C 32C 40C 48C ROPE SIZE SINGLE 3/8 - 7/16 1/2 - 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 - 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 - 1-7/8 2 2-1/4 - 2-1/2 2-3/4 - 3 8 PTS. 3/32 - 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 - 7/8 1 6 PTS. 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/8 4 PTS. 1/8 - 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 - 1-1/4 A 2 2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-7/8 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7 8-1/2 10 B 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-7/16 2-3/4 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/4 5 C 27/32 1 1-5/32 1-5/16 1-7/16 1-9/16 1-13/16 2-1/16 2-1/4 2-1/2 3-3/16 4-1/8 4-7/8 DIMENSION (IN) D 15/32 5/8 23/32 13/16 15/16 1-1/16 1-1/4 1-7/16 1-5/8 1-3/4 2-3/16 2-7/8 3-3/8 E 2-1/16 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4-5/16 4-19/32 5-1/32 5-3/4 6-1/4 6-11/16 7-3/8 7-13/16 9-5/8 11-1/4 F 3/8 1/2 19/32 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 G 1/2 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 7/8 15/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-7/8 2-1/4 H 3/8 1/2 19/32 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/16 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-5/8 2 2-1/2 WT. (LBS) .75 1.0 1.2 2.0 3.3 3.8 5.0 6.8 9.0 12.0 16.6 21.8 39.0 67.0
2-15/16 1-15/16
*Made from High Tensile Malleable. HEADQUARTERS: 55
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES AND ARE APPROXIMATE. PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
103
Spelter Sockets
GROOVED OPEN SPELTER SOCKETS

NOTICE: All cast steel sockets 1-5/8" and larger are magnetic particle inspected and ultrasonic inspected. Proof testing available on special order.
G-416
Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" thru 4". Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets 1/4" thru 3/4". Sizes 7/8" thru 1-1/2" use 2 grooves. Sizes 1-5/8" and larger use 3 grooves.
Open Grooved Sockets meet the requirements of Federal Specifications RR-S-550D, Type A. ROPE DIAMETER (IN.) STRUCTURAL STRAND DIAM. (IN.) STOCK NO. G-416 GALV. S-416 S.C. WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) DIMENSIONS (IN) A C D F G H J L M N
1/4 5/16 - 3/8 7/16 - 1/2 9/16 - 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 - 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 - 1-7/8 2 - 2-1/8 2-1/4 - 2-3/8 2-1/2 - 2-5/8 2-3/4 - 2-7/8 3 - 3-1/8 3-1/4 - 3-3/8 3-1/2 - 3-5/8 3-3/4 - 4
1/2 9/16 - 5/8 11/16 - 3/4 13/16 - 7/8 15/16 - 1 1-1/16 - 1-1/8 1-3/16 - 1-1/4 1-5/16 - 1-3/8 1-7/16 - 1-5/8
1039619 1039628 1039637 1039646 1039655 1039664 1039673 1039682 1039691 1039708 1039717 1039726 1039735 1039744 1039753 1039762 1039771 1039780 1039799 1039806 1039815 1039824 1039833 1039842
1.10 1.30 2.25 3.60 5.83 9.65 15.50 21.50 31.00 47.25 55.00 82.00 129.00 167.00 252.00 315.00 380.00 434.00 563.00 783.00
4.56 4.84 5.56 6.75 7.94 9.25 10.56 11.81 13.19 15.12 16.25 18.25 21.50 23.50 25.50 27.25 29.00 30.88 33.25 35.25
.91 .81 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.25 5.75 6.25 6.75 7.50
.69 .81 1.00 1.19 1.38 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 3.75 4.25 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 6.00 7.00
.38 .50 .56 .69 .81 .94 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.63 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.88 3.12 3.38 3.62 3.88 4.25
.69 .81 .94 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.75 3.00 3.13 3.75 4.00 4.50 4.88 5.25 5.75 6.50 7.25
1.56 1.69 1.88 2.25 2.62 3.25 3.75 4.12 4.75 5.25 5.50 6.38 7.38 8.25 9.25 10.50 11.12 11.88 12.38 13.62
2.25 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.50 8.50
1.56 1.75 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.62 5.00 6.00 6.50 7.00 9.00
1.31 1.50 1.88 2.25 2.62 3.13 3.75 4.12 4.75 5.38 5.75 6.50 7.00 7.75 8.50 9.00 9.50 10.00 10.75 12.50
.36 .44 .50 .56 .62 .80 .88 1.00 1.13 1.19 1.31 1.56 1.81 2.13 2.38 2.88 3.00 3.12 3.25 3.50
1-11/16 - 1-3/4 1039851 1039860 1-13/16 - 1-7/8 1039879 1039888 1-15/16 - 2-1/8 1041633 1041642 2-3/16 - 2-7/16 1041651 1041660 2-1/2 - 2-5/8 2-3/4 - 2-7/8 3 - 3-1/8 1041679 1041688 1041697 1041704 1041713 1041722 1041731 1041740
9.00 10.00 9.75 10.75 11.00 12.00 13.00 11.00 11.25 11.75
14.00 12.50 15.00 13.50
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
104
Spelter Sockets
GROOVED CLOSED SPELTER SOCKETS

NOTICE: All cast steel sockets 1-5/8" and larger are magnetic particle inspected and ultrasonic inspected. Proof testing available on special order.
G-417
Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" thru 4". Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets 1/4" thru 3/4". Sizes 7/8" thru 1-1/2" use 2 grooves. Sizes 1-5/8" and larger use 3 grooves.
Closed Grooved Sockets meet the requirements of Federal Specifications RR-S-550D, Type B. ROPE DIAMETER (IN.) STRUCTURAL STRAND DIAM. (IN.) STOCK NO. G-417 GALV. S-417 S.C. WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) DIMENSIONS (IN) A B C D F G H J K L
1/4 5/16 - 3/8 7/16 - 1/2 9/16 - 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 - 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 - 1-7/8 2 - 2-1/8 2-1/4 - 2-5/8 2-1/2 - 2-5/8 2-3/4 - 2-7/8 3 - 3-1/8 3-1/4 - 3-3/8 3-1/2 - 3-5/8 3-3/4 - 4
1/2 9/16 - 5/8 11/16 - 3/4 13/16 - 7/8 15/16 - 1 1-1/16 - 1-1/8 1-3/16 - 1-1/4 1-5/16 - 1-3/8 1-7/16 - 1-5/8
1039897 1039904 1039913 1039922 1039931 1039940 1039959 1039968 1039977 1039986 1039995 1040000 1040019 1040028 1040037 1040046 1040055 1040064 1040073 1040082 1040091 1040108 1040117 1040126
.50 .75 1.50 2.50 4.25 7.25 10.50 14.25 19.75 29.20 36.00 57.25 79.00 105.00 140.00 220.00 276.00 313.00 400.00 542.00
4.50 4.88 5.44 6.31 7.56 8.75 9.88 11.00 12.12 13.94 15.13 17.25 19.50 21.13 23.50 25.38 27.00 29.25 31.00 33.25
.50 .62 .69 .81 1.06 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 1.94 2.13 2.19 2.44 2.88 3.12
1.50 1.69 2.00 2.63 3.00 3.63 4.13 4.50 5.30 5.33 5.75 6.75 7.63 8.50 9.50
.88 .97 1.16 1.41 1.66 1.88 2.30 2.55 2.80 3.19 3.25 3.75 4.38 5.00 5.50 6.25 6.75 7.25 7.75 8.50
.38 .50 .56 .69 .81 .97 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.63 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.94 3.12 3.38 3.62 3.88 4.25
.69 .81 .94 1.12 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.75 3.00 3.13 3.75 4.00 4.50 4.88 5.25 5.75 6.50 7.25
1.56 1.69 1.88 2.38 2.75 3.25 3.75 4.13 4.75 5.25 5.50 6.38 7.38 8.25 9.25 10.19
2.25 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.44 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.50 8.50 9.00 9.75 11.00
.50 .69 .88 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.63 4.88 5.25
1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 6.00 6.50 7.56 8.56 9.50 11.25 11.75
1-11/16 - 1-3/4 1040135 1040144 1-13/16 - 1-7/8 1040153 1040162 1-15/16 - 2-1/8 1041759 1041768 2-3/16 - 2-7/16 1041777 1041786 2-1/2 - 2-5/8 2-3/4 - 2-7/8 3 - 3-1/8 1041795 1041802 1041811 1041820 1041839 1041848 1041857 1041866
4.00 10.62
3.12 10.75 3.25 11.50 4.00 12.25 4.00 13.00 4.25 14.25
11.50 12.00 12.25 13.00 13.00 14.00 14.25 15.00
5.75 12.25 6.25 13.00 7.00 14.00
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
105
Open Swage Sockets

OPEN SWAGE SOCKET
B L F A N
S-501
Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming.
E D H M
Hardness controlled by spheriodize annealing. Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
NOTE: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
S-501 OPEN SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS

BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS ROPE WEIGHT STOCK SIZE EACH NO. (IN.) (LBS.) 1039021 1039049 1039067 1039085 1039101 1039129 1039147 1039165 1039183 1039209 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 .52 1.12 1.30 2.08 2.08 4.67 4.51 7.97 11.52 17.80 25.25 35.56 43.75 58.50 88.75 146.25
PRESS / DIE DATA

MAX. STOCK NO. AFTER 500 TON SWAGE DIE 1000 TON 1500 TON DIM. DESCRIP. 1500 TON 3000TON (IN.) (SOCKET) 5X7 6 X 12 .46 .71 .71 .91 .91 1.16 1.16 1.42 1.55 1.80 2.05 2.30 2.56 2.81 3.06 3.56 1/4 5/16 - 3/8 5/16 - 3/8 7/16 - 1/2 7/16 - 1/2 9/16 - 5/8 9/16 - 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 1192845 1192863 1192863 1192881 1192881 1192907 1192907 1192925 1192949 1192961 1192989 1193005 1193023 1193041 1193069 1193087 SIDE LOAD 1500 TONS 6 X 12 3000 TONS 6 X 12
A 4.81 6.25 6.25 7.81 7.81 9.50 9.50
B .50 .77 .77 .98 .98
C 1.38 1.62 1.62
D .69 .81 .81
E .27 .34 .41 .48 .55 .61 .67 .80 .94
F 2.13 3.19 3.19
H .69 .81 .81
L 4.00 5.31 5.31
M .38 .47 .47 .56 .56 .66 .66 .75 .94
N 1.50 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.25 2.75 3.25
2.00 1.00 2.00 1.00
4.25 1.00 6.69 4.25 1.00 6.69 5.31 1.25 8.13 5.31 1.25 8.13 6.38 1.50 10.00 7.44 1.75 11.63
1.25 2.38 1.19 1.25 2.38 1.19
11.56 1.55 2.75 1.38 13.41 1.70 3.13 1.62
15.47 1.98 3.69 2.00 1.06 8.50 2.00 13.38 1.06 3.75 17.31 2.25 4.06 2.25 1.19 9.56 2.25 15.00 1.19 4.25 19.06 2.53 4.50 2.50 1.33 10.63 2.50 16.50 1.22 4.75 20.94 2.80 5.00 2.50 1.45 11.69 2.50 18.13 1.38 5.25 22.88 3.08 5.50 2.75 1.58 12.75 3.00 19.75 1.69 5.75 26.63 3.39 6.25 3.50 1.86 14.88 3.50 23.00 2.11 6.75 31.44 3.94 8.00 3.75 2.11 17.00 4.00 26.88 2.37 8.00
1039227 1-1/8 1039245 1-1/4 1039263 1-3/8 1039281 1-1/2 1039307 1-3/4 1042767 2
1191267 1195355 1195192 1191276 1195367 1195209 1191294 1195379 1195218
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
106
Spelter Sockets
CLOSED SWAGE SOCKET
S-502
L A F E H
Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming. Hardness controlled by spheriodize annealing. Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
NOTE: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
S-502 CLOSED SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS

BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS ROPE WEIGHT SIZE EACH (IN.) (LBS.) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 .33 .75 .72 1.42 1.42 2.92 2.85 5.00 6.80 10.40 14.82 21.57 28.54 38.06 51.00 89.25
PRESS / DIE DATA

MAX. STOCK NO. SIDE LOAD AFTER 500 TON SWAGE DIE 1000 TON 1500 TON 1500 3000 DIM. DESCRIP. 1500 TON 3000TON TONS TONS (IN.) (SOCKET) 5X7 6 X 12 6 X 12 6 X 12 .46 .71 .71 .91 .91 1.16 1.16 1.42 1.55 1.80 2.05 2.30 2.56 2.81 3.06 3.56 1/4 5/16 - 3/8 5/16 - 3/8 7/16 - 1/2 7/16 - 1/2 9/16 - 5/8 9/16 - 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 1192845 1192863 1192863 1192881 1192881 1192907 1192907 1192925 1192949 1192961 1192989 1193005 1193023 1193041 1193069 1193087 1191267 1191276 1191294 1193355 1195367 1195379 1195192 1195209 1195218
STOCK NO. 1039325 1039343 1039361 1039389 1039405 1039423 1039441 1039469 1039487 1039502 1096520 1039548 1039566 1039584 1039600 1042589
A 4.31 5.44 5.44 6.91 6.91 8.66 8.66 10.28 11.94 13.56 15.03 16.94 18.63 20.12 23.56 27.62
B .50 .77 .77 .98 .98 1.25 1.25 1.55 1.70 1.98 2.25 2.53 2.80 3.08 3.39 3.94
C 1.38 1.62 1.62 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.88 3.12 3.63 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.25 7.25
D .75 .88 .88 1.06 1.06 1.25 1.25 1.44 1.69 2.06 2.31 2.56 2.56 2.81 3.56 3.81
E .27 .34 .41 .48 .55 .61 .67 .80 .94 1.06 1.19 1.33 1.45 1.58 1.86 2.11
F 2.12 3.19 3.19 4.25 4.25 5.31 5.31 6.38 7.44 8.50 9.56 10.63 11.69 12.75 14.88 17.00
H .50 .67 .67 .86 .86 1.13 1.13 1.31 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.25
L 3.50 4.50 4.50 5.75 5.75 7.25 7.25 8.63 10.13 11.50 12.75 14.38 15.75 17.00 20.00 23.00
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
107
Swage Buttons / Socket Compound

S-409 SWAGE BUTTONS

Low carbon steel Spherodize annealed Quality controlled Economical to use
ITEM ROPE DIAMETER DIMENSIONS (IN) A B C D E
A multi-purpose fitting for many swaging applications. Manufactured from a special analysis high quality, low carbon steel, and later heat treated. They are precision made with constant quality control checks throughout all stages of manufacturing to assure the best in quality and performance.
B
BEFORE SWAGE
E
AFTER SWAGE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB
1/8 5/32 3/16 7/32 1/4 9/32 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2
27/64 1/2 9/16 41/64 41/64 49/64 27/32 27/32 1-1/8 1-17/64 1-13/32 1-35/64 1-11/16 1-31/32 2-1/4 2-17/32 2-13/16 3-3/32 3-3/8
1/2 39/64 45/64 13/16 1-1/16 1-1/32 1-1/8 1-31/64 1-5/8 1-57/64 2-1/64 2-27/64 2-47/64 3-17/64 3-43/64 4-3/64 4-37/64 5-5/64 5-15/32
.141 .172 .203 .234 .296 .313 .358 .421 .484 .547 .609 .672 .796 .936 1.061 1.188 1.328 1.453 1.578
3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 9/16 11/16 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3
39/64 23/32 27/32 31/32 1-13/64 1-13/64 1-21/64 1-11/16 1-15/16 2-11/64 2-13/32 2-57/64 3-1/4 3-55/64 4-23/64 4-23/64 5-27/64 6-1/32 6-33/64
NOTE: Length is measured from outside end of terminal.
WIRELOCK - RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS

Ideal for on-site applications Improved fatigue life For use on 416 & 417 Spelter Sockets only 100% termination efficiency Temperature operating range from -65F to +240F One Booster pack needed if pouring temperature is 35F to 48F Two Booster packs needed if pouring temperature is 27F to 35F
AMOUNT OF WIRELOCK REQUIRED WIRE WIRE ROPE WIRELOCK ROPE WIRELOCK SIZE REQUIRED SIZE REQUIRED (IN.) (CC) (IN.) (CC)
W416-7
APPROXIMATE U.S. MEASUREMENTS
250cc Kit 500cc Kit 1,000cc Kit

NATO NUMBERS
1 Cup 1 Pint 1 Quart

KIT SIZE
1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8
9 17 17 35 35 52 52 86 125 160 210 350 350 420 495
1-3/4 1-7/8 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-3/4 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 4
700 700 1265 1265 1410 1410 1830 1830 2250 3160 3795 4920 5980 7730
100cc 8030-21-902-1823 250cc 8030-21-902-1824 500cc 8030-21-902-1825 1,000cc 8030-21-902-1826 Witnessed and tested by American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
HEADQUARTERS: 55
W416-7 KITS KITS STOCK PER CASE NO.
BOOSTER WT. EACH PACK (LBS.) STOCK NO.
100 CC 250 CC 500 CC 1000 CC 2000 CC
20 12 12 12 12
1039602 1039604 1039606 1039608 1039610
.62 1.25 2.54 4.59 9.00
1039603 1039605 1039607 1039609 1039611
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
108
Eye Bolts
FORGED EYE BOLT

WARNING
Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt assembly and lifting procedures are not used. A falling load can seriously injure or kill. Read, understand and follow all eye bolt safety information and diagrams presented here.
Regular Nut Eye Bolt G-291
Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt G-277
Machinery Eye Bolt G-279
TABLE I (IN-LINE LOAD) Size (in.) 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 Working Load Limit (lbs.) 650 1200 1550 2600 5200 7200 10600 13300 21000 24000

Inspection/Maintenance Safety Always inspect eye bolt before use. Never use eye bolt that shows signs of wear or damage. Never use eye bolt if eye or shank is bent or elongated. Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes are clean. Never machine, grind, or cut eye bolt. Assembly Safety Never exceed load limits specified in Table I. Never use regular nut eye bolts for angular lifts. Always use shoulder nut eye bolts (or machinery eye bolts) for angular lifts. For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows:
DIRECTION OF PULL 45 degrees 90 degrees ADJUSTED WORKING LOAD 30% of rated working load 25% of rated working load
Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt Installation for Angular Loading

The threaded shank must protrude through the load sufficiently to allow full engagement of the nut. If the eye bolt protrudes so far through the load that the nut cannot be tightened securely against the load, use properly sized washers to take up the excess space BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE LOAD. Place washers or spacers between nut and load so that when the nut is tightened securely, the shoulder is secured flush against the load surface.
Never undercut eye bolt to seat shoulder against the load. Always countersink receiving hole or use washers to seat shoulder. Always screw eye bolt down completely for proper seating. Always tighten nuts securely against the load.
Thickness of spacers must exceed this distance between the bottom of the load and the last thread of the eye bolt.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
109
Eye Bolts
IMPORTANT
READ AND UNDERSTAND THESE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING EYE BOLTS.
Regular Nut & Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt Installation for In-Line Loading
Right
More than one eye bolt dia. of threads, only (1) nut required.
Right
One eye bolt dia. of threads or less, use two (2) nuts.
Right
Tighten Hex Nut Securely Against Load
Wrong
Tap Depth: 2.5 x Dia.
2x Dia. (Min.)
Tighten hex nut securely against load
Tighten hex nut securely against load
One eye bolt dia. or less
Operating Safety
Always inspect eye bolt before use. Always lift load with a steady, even pull do not jerk. Always apply load to eye bolt in the plane of the eye, not at an angle. Never exceed the capacity of the eyebolt See Table I. When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure the loads in the legs are calculated using the angle from the vertical to the leg and properly size the shoulder nut or machinery eye bolt for the angular load.
After slings have been properly attached to the eye bolts, apply force slowly. Watch the load carefully & be prepared to stop applying force if the load starts buckling. Buckling may occur if the load is not stiff enough to resist the compressive forces which result from the angular loading.
Do not reeve slings from one eye bolt to another. This will alter the load & angle of loading on the eye bolt.
Wrong
Resultant Load
Machinery Eye Bolt Installation for In-Line & Angular Loading

These eye bolts are primarily intended to be installed into tapped holes. 1. After the loads on the eye bolts have been calculated, select the proper size eye bolt for the job. For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows:
DIRECTION OF PULL 45 degrees 90 degrees ADJUSTED WORKING LOAD 30% of rated working load 25% of rated working load EYE BOLT SIZE (IN.) 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 TABLE II SHIM THICKNESS REQUIRED TO CHANGE ROTATION 90 (IN.) .0125 .0139 .0156 .0192 .0227 .0250 .0278 .0312 .0357 .0417 Shim added to change eye alignment 90
2. Drill and tap the load to the correct sizes to a minimum depth of one-half the eye bolt size beyond the shank length of the machinery eye bolt. 3. Thread the eye bolt into the load until the shoulder is flush and securely tightened against the load. 4. If the plane of the machinery eye bolt is not aligned with the sling line, estimate the amount of unthreading rotation necessary to align the plane of the eye properly. 5. Remove the machinery eye bolt from the load and add shims (washers) of proper thickness to adjust the angle of the plane of the eye to match the sling line. Use Table II to estimate the required shim thickness for the amount of unthreading rotation required.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Min. tap depth is basic shank length plus one-half the nominal eye bolt diameter.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
110
Eye Bolts
REGULAR NUT EYE BOLTS
A F E
G D H
G-291
Recommended for straight line pull.

SHANK DIAMETER & LENGTH (IN.) WORKING LOAD LIMIT* (LBS.) WEIGHT PER 100 (LBS.)
All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading. Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts. Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered.
G-291 STOCK NO. GALV.
DIMENSIONS (IN) A B C D E F G H
1/4 x 2 1/4 x 4 5/16 x 2-1/4 5/16 x 4-1/4 3/8 x 2-1/2 3/8 x 4-1/2 3/8 x 6 1/2 x 3-1/4 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 1/2 x 10 1/2 x 12 5/8 x 4 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 8 5/8 x 10 5/8 x 12 3/4 x 4-1/2 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 8 3/4 x 10 3/4 x 12 3/4 x 15 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 8 7/8 x 12 1x6 1x9 1 x 12 1 x 18 1-1/4 x 8 1-1/4 x 12 1-1/4 x 20
1043230 1043258 1043276 1043294 1043310 1043338 1043356 1043374 1043392 1043418 1043436 1043454 1043472 1043490 1043515 1043533 1043551 1043579 1043597 1043613 1043631 1043659 1043677 1043695 1043711 1043739 1043757 1043775 1043793 1043819 1043837 1043855 1043873
650 650 1200 1200 1550 1550 1550 2600 2600 2600 2600 2600 5200 5200 5200 5200 5200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 10600 10600 10600 13300 13300 13300 13300 21000 21000 21000
8.20 11.70 13.30 25.00 23.30 29.50 35.20 50.30 66.10 82.00 88.00 114.20 103.10 118.20 135.10 153.60 167.10 168.60 184.50 207.90 235.00 257.50 298.00 270.00 308.00 400.00 421.00 468.50 540.00 650.00 750.00 900.00 1210.00
.25 .25 .31 .31 .38 .38 .38 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .62 .62 .62 .62 .62 .75 .75 .75 .75 .75 .75 .88 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25
.50 .50 .62 .62 .75 .75 .75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 2.50
1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 5.00
.25 .25 .31 .31 .38 .38 .38 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .62 .62 .62 .62 .62 .75 .75 .75 .75 .75 .75 .88 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25
1.50 2.50 1.50 2.50 1.50 2.50 2.50 1.50 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 2.50 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 7.00 4.00 4.00 6.00
2.00 4.00 2.25 4.25 2.50 4.50 6.00 3.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 4.50 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 15.00 5.00 8.00 12.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 18.00 8.00 12.00 20.00
3.06 5.06 3.56 5.56 4.12 6.12 7.62 5.38 8.12 10.12 12.12 14.12 6.69 8.69 10.69 12.69 14.69 7.69 9.19 11.19 13.19 15.19 18.19 8.75 11.75 15.75 10.31 13.31 16.31 22.31 13.38 17.38 25.38
.56 .56 .69 .69 .88 .88 .88 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.88 2.88 2.88
*Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit. HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
111
Eye Bolts
SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLTS

J G A F E B C H D
G-277
Forged Steel

SHANK DIAMETER & LENGTH (IN.) WORKING G-277 LOAD WEIGHT STOCK NO. LIMIT* PER 100 GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.)
Hot Dip galvanized Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts
DIMENSIONS (IN) A B C D E F G H J
1/4 x 2 1/4 x 4 5/16 x 2-1/4 5/16 x 4-1/4 3/8 x 2-1/2 3/8 x 4-1/2 1/2 x 3-1/4 1/2 x 6 5/8 x 4 5/8 x 6 3/4 x 4-1/2 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 5 1x6 1x9 1-1/4 x 8 1-1/4 x 12 1-1/2 x 15
1045014 1045032 1045050 1045078 1045096 1045112 1045130 1045158 1045176 1045194 1045210 1045238 1045256 1045292 1045318 1045336 1045354 1045372
650 650 1200 1200 1550 1550 2600 2600 5200 5200 7200 7200 10600 13300 13300 21000 21000 24000
6.60 9.10 12.50 18.80 21.40 25.30 42.60 56.60 68.60 102.40 144.50 167.50 225.00 366.60 422.50 650.00 795.00 1425.00
.25 .25 .31 .31 .38 .38 .50 .50 .62 .62 .75 .75 .88 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.50
.50 .50 .62 .62 .75 .75 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 3.00
.88 .88 1.12 1.12 1.38 1.38 1.75 1.75 2.25 2.25 2.75 2.75 3.25 3.75 3.75 4.50 4.50 5.50
.19 .19 .25 .25 .31 .31 .38 .38 .50 .50 .62 .62 .75 .88 .88 1.00 1.00 1.25
1.50 2.50 1.50 2.50 1.50 2.50 1.50 3.00 2.00 3.00 2.00 3.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 6.00
2.00 4.00 2.25 4.25 2.50 4.50 3.25 6.00 4.00 6.00 4.50 6.00 5.00 6.00 9.00 8.00 12.00 15.00
2.94 4.94 3.50 5.50 3.97 5.97 5.12 7.88 6.44 8.44 7.44 8.94 8.47 9.97 12.97 12.72 16.72 20.75
.50 .50 .69 .69 .78 .78 1.00 1.00 1.31 1.31 1.56 1.56 1.84 2.09 2.09 2.47 2.47 3.00
.47 .47 .56 .56 .66 .66 .91 .91 1.12 1.12 1.38 1.38 1.56 1.81 1.81 2.28 2.28 2.75
*Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit. H J
SCREW EYE BOLTS

Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered Hot Dip galvanized
G-275
A
SHANK DIAMETER & LENGTH (IN.)
G-275 STOCK NO. GALV.
WORKING LOAD WEIGHT LIMIT* PER 100 (LBS.) (LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (IN) A B C D E F G H J
1/4 x 2 5/16 x 2-1/4 3/8 x 2-1/2 1/2 x 3-1/4 5/8 x 4
1046111 1046139 1046157 1046175 1046193
500 800 1200 2200 3500
4.30 12.50 19.00 37.50 75.00
.25 .31 .38 .50 .62
1.50 1.69 1.88 2.44 3.00
2.00 2.25 2.50 3.25 4.00
2.50 2.94 3.28 4.25 5.31
2.94 3.50 3.97 5.12 6.44
.50 .63 .75 1.00 1.25
.88 1.13 1.38 1.75 2.25
.19 .25 .31 .38 .50
.47 .56 .66 .91 1.12
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
112
Eye Bolts
SHOULDER TYPE MACHINE EYE BOLTS
Forged 1030 Carbon Steel Self-Colored

THREAD SIZE UNC-2A A 1/4 - 20 5/16 - 18 3/8 - 16 7/16 - 14 1/2 - 13 9/16 - 12 5/8 - 11 3/4 - 10 7/8 - 9 1-8 1-1/8 - 7 1-1/4 - 7 1-1/2 - 6 1-3/4 - 5 2 - 4-1/2 CENTER OVERALL OF EYE TO LENGTH SHOULDER E F BLANKS* 2-3/8 2-13/16 3-1/4 3-9/16 3-31/32 4-3/4 4-3/4 5-1/4 6 6-5/8 7-17/32 8-7/32 9-15/32 10-13/16 11-7/8 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-21/32 1-21/32 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-5/16 2-11/16 2-15/16 3-5/16 4 4-3/8 R14611 R14621 R14631 R14638 R14641 R14650 R14661 R14682 R14682 R14702 R14712 R14723 R14753 R14770 R14780 APPROX. WT. PER 100 PCS. (LBS.) 5.0 9.6 16.0 24.2 34.8 47.0 67.0 100.0 163.0 222.0 340.0 444.0 736.0 1135.0 1670.0
STOCK NO. 14611 14621 14631 14638 14641 14650 14661 14672 14682 14702 14712 14723 14753 14770 14780
SHANK LENGTH B 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 3-1/2 3-3/4 4
I.D. EYE C 3/4 7/8 1 1-3/32 1-3/16 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-11/16 1-13/16 2 2-13/16 2-1/2 2-7/8 3-1/4
O.D. EYE D 1-3/16 1-7/16 1-11/16 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-13/16 3-3/16 3-9/16 4-1/16 4-7/16 5-3/16 6 6-7/8
RATED CAP. (LBS.) 500 900 1,300 1,800 2,400 3,200 4,000 5,000 7,000 9,000 12,000 15,000 21,000 28,000 38,000
*Blanks have no rated capacity.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
113
Hoist Rings
ACTEK SWIVEL (SAFETY) HOIST RINGS UNC THREADS
Rated load from 400 lbs. to 125 tons. Pivots 180/Swivels 360 Material: AISI 4140 aircraft quality Finish: Black oxide per mil spec cadmium plated
Safety factor: 5:1 100% magnetic particle inspected Certified heat treatment
METRIC THREADS See following page
TORQUE (FT/LB) WT. (LBS)
UNC THREADS
RATED LOADS (LBS.) THREAD SIZE (IN.) A C D E STANDARD U-BAR PART NO. B F LONG U-BAR PART NO. B F G H
600 800 800 1,000 2,000 2,500 2,000 2,500 2,500 2,500 4,000 4,000 4,000 5,000 5,000 7,000 7,000 8,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 24,000 24,000 30,000 50,000 50,000 75,000 100,000 250,000
1/4 - 20 5/16 - 18 5/16 - 18 3/8 - 16 7/16 - 14 1/2 - 13 7/16 - 14 1/2 - 13 1/2 - 13 1/2 - 13 5/8 - 11 5/8 - 11 5/8 - 11 3/4 - 10 3/4 - 10 3/4 - 10 3/4 - 10 7/8 - 9 7/8 - 9 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-1/4 - 7 1-3/8 - 6 1-1/2 - 6 1-3/4 - 5 2 - 4-1/2 2-1/2 - 8 2-1/2 - 4 3-4 3-1/2 - 4 6-4
0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.70 0.70 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.00 3.00 3.75 4.00 6.00
0.71 0.71 0.71 1.71 0.93 0.93 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71 2.11 2.36 2.81 2.81 2.81 4.09 4.09 5.27 6.06 14.00
3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 5
0.54 0.29 0.54 0.54 1.07 1.07 0.78 0.78 1.03 1.28 0.78 1.03 1.28 1.03 1.53 1.04 2.54 1.04 1.29 1.29 1.54 2.29 1.89 2.64 2.70 2.70 2.96 4.00 4.00 4.20 7.00 9.00
46100 46102 46104 46106 46606 46602 46000 46008 46010 46012 46002 46004 46006 46014 46018 46204 46206 46202 46203 46210 46212 46214 46802 46702 46404 46408 46400 47002 47006 47200 47402 47602
1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.84 1.84 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.18 2.18 2.18 2.06 2.06 3.06 3.06 2.93 2.93 2.81 2.81 2.81 4.12 5.20 6.41 6.41 5.91 8.03 8.03 8.48 9.28 14.00
2.67 2.67 2.67 2.67 3.77 3.77 4.78 4.78 4.78 4.78 4.78 4.78 4.78 4.78 4.78 6.52 6.52 6.52 6.52 6.52 6.52 6.52 8.73 10.59 12.47 12.47 12.47 16.87 16.87 19.50 22.09 33.00
46638 46644 46646 46648 46640 46642 46650 46654 46658 46660 46656 46652 46662 46664 46666
4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.12 4.12 4.00 4.00 4.65 4.65 4.52 4.52 4.40 4.40 4.40
6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 6.72 8.11 8.11 8.11 8.11 8.11 8.11 8.11
1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 2.58 2.58 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 5.14 5.14 5.14 5.14 5.14 5.14 5.14 6.50 7.46 8.55 8.55 8.55 11.67 11.67 14.15 15.90 25.00
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.49 1.49 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.76 4.31 4.87 4.87 4.87 6.52 6.52 8.10 8.60 13.00
6 7 7 12 22 28 22 28 28 28 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 160 160 230 230 230 470 540 800 800 800 2100 2100 4300 5100 9900
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.0 1.0 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.5 7.5 7.5 14.0 22.0 34.0 34.0 36.0 88.0 88.0 166.0 265.0 790.0
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
114
Hoist Rings
ACTEK SWIVEL (SAFETY) HOIST RINGS METRIC THREADS
Rated load from 400 lbs. to 125 tons. Pivots 180/Swivels 360 Material: AISI 4140 aircraft quality Finish: Black oxide per mil spec cadmium plated
Safety factor: 5:1 100% magnetic particle inspected Certified heat treatment
METRIC THREADS
RATED LOADS (KGS.) THREAD SIZE A C D E STANDARD U-BAR PART NO. B F LONG U-BAR PART NO. B F G H
UNC THREADS See previous page

TORQUE WT. (KGM.) (KGS.)
400 500 1,050 1,900 2,150 3,000 4,200 4,200 7,000 7,000 11,000 12,500 13,500 22,300 31,500 51,000
M8 x 1.25 M10 x 1.50 M12 x 1.75 M16 x 2.00 M20 x 2.50 M20 x 2.50 M24 x 3.00 M30 x 3.50 M30 x 3.50 M30 x 3.50 M36 x 4.00 M42 x 4.50 M48 x 5.00 M64 x 6.00 M72 x 6.00 M90 x 6.00
11 11 22 22 22 36 36 36 45 45 57 57 57 76 95 102
18 18 30 30 30 43 43 43 54 54 71 71 71 103 133 153
10 10 19 19 19 25 25 25 32 32 44 44 44 57 70 83
13 18 19 29 34 32 37 58 42 62 64 82 82 101 132 177
46912 46916 46924 46930 46936 46942 46948 46956 46958 46966 46968 46970 46972 46988 46990
32 30 60 56 52 78 74 106 106 166 160 154 204 220 235
68 68 121 121 121 166 166 222 222 317 317 317 428 495 561
47124 47130 47136 47142 47148 46950
110 106 102 118 114 108
171 171 171 206 206 206
47 47 89 89 89 131 131 131 165 165 217 217 217 296 359 404
25 25 51 51 51 76 76 76 95 95 124 124 124 165 206 218
0.86 1.5 3.7 8.4 14 14 14 60 60 60 100 100 100 273 559 663
0.17 0.17 1.08 1.12 1.19 3.03 3.10 3.10 6.30 6.40 15.50 16.00 16.80 39.00 74.00 118.00
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
115
Lifting Clamps
IPUZ / UNIVERSAL VERTICAL LIFTING CLAMP

IPUZ vertical lifting clamps are used for lifting, turning (180) and vertical transfer of steel plates & constructions. Hinged hoisting eye allows the user to place and lift the load from virtually any direction. All IPUZ clamps have latches that lock in both the open and closed positions. IPUZ clamps with working load limits greater than 12 tons have special built-in hook-up devices to assist in the placement of these large-sized clamps.
ORDER NO. WLL PER PCE. (TONS) JAW OPENING (IN.) WT. PER PIECE (LBS.)
MODEL
0,75 0,75 0,75 1,5 1,5 1,5 3 3 4,5 4,5 6 6 9 9 12 12 16 16 22,5 22,5 30 30
IPUZ IPSUZ IPWGUNZ IPUZ IPSUZ IPWGUZ IPUZ IPSUZ IPUZ IPSUZ IPUNZ IPSUNZ IPUNZ IPSUNZ IPUNZ IPSUNZ IPUNZ IPSUNZ IPUNZ IPSUNZ IPUNZ IPSUNZ
5051 5052 1601 5053 5054 5186 5055 5056 5057 5058 5139 5140 5141 5142 5078 5079 5093 5094 5098 5099 5112 5113
0,75 0,75 0,75 1,5 1,5 1,5 3,0 3,0 4,5 4,5 6,0 6,0 9,0 9,0 12,0 12,0 16,0 16,0 22,5 22,5 30,0 30,0
0 - 5/8 5/8 - 1-1/4 0 - 3/4 0 - 3/4 3/4 - 1-5/8 0 - 1-3/8 0-1 1-2 0-1 1-2 0 - 1-1/4 1-1/4 - 2-1/2 0 - 1-5/8 1-5/8 - 3-1/8 0 - 2-1/8 2-1/8 - 4-1/4 1/4 - 2-1/2 2-1/2 - 5 1/4 - 3-1/8 3-1/8 - 6-1/8 1/4 - 3-1/8 3-1/8 - 6-1/8
4 4 4 17 17 17 35 36 35 37 50 51 63 64 126 130 174 203 281 288 337 364
Type IPURZ has a cam segment and pivot made of stainless steel.
IPHGZ / IPHGUZ HORIZONTAL LIFTING CLAMP

IPHGZ horizontal lifting clamps are designed for the lifting and transfer in the horizontal position of steel plates, including thin plates that sag. Clamps have a latch IPHGZ which allows the oprator to position the clamp and move away from the load before the lift begins. Suitable for working in conjunction with an angle bench, guillotine, round roller, etc.
MODEL 0,75 - IPHGZ 1,5 - IPHGZ 3 - IPHGZ 4,5 - IPHGZ 4,5 - IPHGX1Z 1,5 - IPHGUZ
WLL ORDER PER PCE. NO. (TONS) 5451 5452 5453 5454 3772 5455 0,75 1,5 3,0 4,5 4,5 1,5
JAW OPENING (IN.) 0-1 0-1 0 - 1-1/2 0 - 1-1/2 1/4 - 1-3/4 0-1
WT. PER PIECE (LBS.) 8 16 27 46 50 18
Type IPHGZ has a fixed hoisting eye. Type IPHGUZ has a universal hoisting eye.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
116
Lifting Clamps
FIXED JAW ADJUSTABLE GIRDER CLAMPS

These Fixed Jaw Adjustable Girder Clamps are truly versatile in application and may be used for lifting, pulling or as an anchor point. Designed specifically to provide maximum JAW GRIP ADJUSTMENT. Engineered for practical use where mobility is essential. Easily applied and do not require additional tools or width adjusting components such as spacing washers.
WLL@ 0 - 15 VERT. (LBS.) JAW GRIP INSIDE ADJ. JAW SHACKLE AVG. MIN-MAX APERTURE CROWN TO WT. (IN.) (IN.) SPACER (IN.) (LBS.)
MODEL
S1 S2 S2A S3 S3X S3A S4S S4A S12 S14
4480 6720 6720 8960 11200 11200 13440 22400 33600 33600
3 - 7-1/2 3 - 7-1/2 3 - 7-1/2 6 - 10 3 - 7-1/2 6 - 12 8 - 18 8 - 18 8 - 18 16 - 24
7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 2 2-1/2
3-3/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-9/10 4-1/8 4-1/8 4-1/8 5-1/8 5-7/8 5-7/8
8.8 11.3 16.3 22.9 19.9 32.8 41.5 60.2 118.4 126.1
SWIVEL JAW ADJUSTABLE GIRDER CLAMPS

Swivel Jaw Adjustable Girder Clamps incorporate the additional benefit of horizontal jaw adjustment. This enables the full length and maximum width of the swivel jaw to anchor evenly on a considerable surface area of the beam flange. Additional tools or width adjusting components are not required.
WLL@ JAW GRIP INSIDE 0 - 15 ADJ. JAW SHACKLE VERT. MIN-MAX APERTURE CROWN TO MODEL (LBS.) (IN.) (IN.) SPACER (IN.) AVG. WT. (LBS.)
S5 S5A S6 S6A S11
6720 6720 11200 11200 22400
3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
12 12 12 12 12
1 1 1 1 1
3-3/4 4-1/8 4-1/8 4-1/8 5-1/8
22.0 30.4 30.4 33.5 45.4
ADJUSTABLE RUNWAY BEAM TROLLEYS

"SUPERCLAMP" Adjustable Runway Beam Trolleys are of acknowledged and experienced design. The unique quality features of this new range of manual travelling gear are the Wheelguarding Anti-drop Plates, which are incorporated into the practical design of these transferable and mobile securing attachments. To complement this range, reference is made to "SUPERCLAMP" Geared Runway Beam Trolleys which allow additional ease of load conveyance.
WLL@ 0 VERT. (LBS.) WIDTH TO ACCOMINSIDE ADJ. MODATE BEAM SHACKLE MIN-MAX FLANGE MAX. CROWN TO (IN.) THKNS. (IN.) SPACER (IN.) AVG. WT. (LBS.)
MODEL
B1 B2 B3
HEADQUARTERS: 55
6720 13440 22400
3-8 4 - 12 4 - 12
1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/2
4 4 5-1/8
60.6 107.2 158.7
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
117
Swivels
SWIVELS
TIMKEN BEARING EQUIPPED LOAD RATED
SAFE WORKING LOAD* TYPE SWIVEL NUMBER WIRE ROPE SIZE WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)
S-1 JAW & HOOK
S-3 JAW & EYE
S-5 EYE & EYE
3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 25 25 25 25 25 35 35 35 35 35 35 45 45 45 45 45 45
S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
3-S-1 3-S-2 3-S-3 3-S-4 3-S-5 3-S-6 5-S-1 5-S-2 5-S-3 5-S-4 5-S-5 5-S-6 8-1/2 - S - 1 8-1/2 - S - 2 8-1/2 - S - 3 8-1/2 - S - 4 8-1/2 - S - 5 8-1/2 - S - 6 10 - S - 1 10 - S - 2 10 - S - 3 10 - S - 4 10 - S - 5 10 - S - 6 15 - S - 1 15 - S - 2 15 - S - 3 15 - S - 4 15 - S - 5 15 - S - 6 25 - S - 1 25 - S - 2 25 - S - 3 25 - S - 4 25 - S - 5 25 - S - 6 35 - S - 1 35 - S - 2 35 - S - 3 35 - S - 4 35 - S - 5 35 - S - 6 45 - S - 1 45 - S - 2 45 - S - 3 45 - S - 4 45 - S - 5 45 - S - 6
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1
9.81 9.63 9.12 9.00 8.50 9.32 15.51 13.69 13.50 12.33 11.30 14.24 29.42 26.16 24.90 29.00 29.25 32.00 46.75 45.75 43.50 44.00 42.00 45.50 73.75 62.75 61.00 61.00 49.00 63.00 140.00 140.00 135.00 135.00 130.00 135.00 220.00 155.00 150.00 150.00 145.00 215.00 251.00 235.00 225.00 225.00 215.00 270.00
S-2 JAW & JAW
S-4 EYE & JAW
S-6 EYE & HOOK
*Safe working load in metric tons.

HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
118
Swivels
REGULAR
A C B
SIZE (IN.)
SIZE
SAFE WORKING LOAD (LBS)*
DIMENSIONS (IN) A B C D R
WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)
R D SIZE
C A
1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
850 1250 2250 3600 5200 7200 10000 12500 18000 45200
1-1/4 1-5/8 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5-5/8 7
11/16 13/16 15/16 1-5/16 1-9/16 1-3/4 2-1/16 2-5/16 2-11/16 4-3/16
3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3-1/8 4
1-1/16 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/8 2-5/8 3-1/16 3-1/2 2-11/16 4-3/16
2-15/16 3-9/16 4-5/16 5-7/16 6-9/16 7-3/16 8-3/8 9-5/8 11-1/8 17-1/8
.21 .39 .71 1.32 2.49 4.02 6.25 8.95 16.37 45.79
G-402
REGULAR QUENCHED & TEMPERED
*Ultimate Load is five times the Safe Working Load.
JAW END
SIZE (IN.) SAFE WORKING LOAD (LBS)* DIMENSIONS (IN) A B C K N P R WEIGHT EACH (LBS. A C B SIZE R N P K
1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8
850 1250 2250 3600 5200 7200 10000 12500 18000 45200
1-1/4 1-5/8 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5-5/8 7
11/16 13/16 15/16 1-5/16 1-9/16 1-3/4 2-1/16 2-5/16 2-11/16 4-3/16
3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3-1/8 4
15/32 1/2 5/8 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 1-3/16 1-3/4 2-1/16 2-7/8
7/8 7/8 1-1/16 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-3/4 2-1/16 2-13/16 2-13/16 4-7/16
1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 2-1/4
2-5/8 2-15/16 3-5/8 4-1/2 5-5/16 6-1/16 7 8-9/16 9-7/16 14-3/4
.21 .34 .66 1.34 2.48 3.88 5.87 9.84 15.75 54.75
G-403
JAW END QUENCHED & TEMPERED
3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
CHAIN
A C B SIZE R D E SIZE (IN.) SAFE WORKING LOAD (LBS)* DIMENSIONS (IN) A B C D E R WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)
1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
850 1250 2250 3600 5200 7200
1-1/4 1-5/8 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2
11/16 13/16 15/16 1-5/16 1-9/16 1-3/4
3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2
7/16 1/2 3/4 7/8 1-1/16 1-1/4
15/16 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-7/8 2-3/16 2-5/8
2-1/4 2-23/32 3-7/16 4-1/4 5-1/8 5-25/32
.13 .25 .54 1.12 2.09 3.09
G-401
CHAIN QUENCHED & TEMPERED
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
119
Swaged Sockets
SWAGED SOCKETS ASSEMBLIES

In mechanically swaged fittings, high pressure presses and precision dies cause metal of the socket to flow around wires and strands to offer the ultimate in compactness and strength with minimum weight. Material is weldless, drop-forged steel. Normally, only regular lay rope is used. Swaged assemblies are interchangeable with *poured sockets up through 2" rope diameters. Assembly length is measured from centerline of pins for both open and closed sockets. When purchasing, indicate choice of end fittings by the suffixes OS or CS after the stock number, for open or closed type fittings. Pins and cotters are supplied as standard on open fittings, but assemblies may be specified without pins. Fittings are assembled in the same plane unless specified otherwise when ordered.
* These sockets are not interchangeable with zinc poured sockets.
os-os
cs-cs
os-cs
LENGTH
Pins Parallel 500-P Pins at Right Angles 500-R Pins Parallel 502-P Pins at Right Angles 502-R Pins Parallel 503-P Pins at Right Angles 503-R
OPEN SOCKET DIAMETER (IN) ROPE DIA. C D E F PIN AS LS (APPROX.)
CLOSED SOCKET DIAMETER (IN) C D E AS LS (APPROX.)
CAPACITY (TONS*) 6 X 19 & 6 X 37 IWRC LPS XIP
1/4 11/16 5/16 13/16 3/8 13/16 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4
5/16 13/32 13/32 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 15/16 1-1/32 1-3/16 1-3/16
1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-1/4 4-3/4
1-3/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3-3/8 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/4 5-3/4 7 8 8-3/4 8-3/4
.688 .812 .812 1.00 1.00 1.19 1.19 1.38 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.75 3.50 3.75 4.25 4.25
.438 .688 .688 .875 .875 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.40
4-7/16 5-15/16 5-15/16 7-5/8 7-5/8 9-3/16 9-3/16 11-1/4 13-1/8 15-1/16 16-15/16 18-5/8 20-1/2 22-5/16 26 30-1/8 31-1/4 33-3/8
1-7/16 1-11/16 1-11/16 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/4 5-1/2 6-3/4 7-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4
.750 .875 .875 1.063 1.063 1.250 1.250 1.438 1.688 2.063 2.313 2.563 2.563 2.813 3.563 3.813 4.312 4.312
1/2 11/16 11/16 7/8 7/8 1-1/8
.438 .688 .688 .875 .875 1.125
3-15/16 5-1/8 5-1/8 6-5/8 6-5/8 8-5/16 8-5/16 9-15/16 11-5/8 13-3/16 14-11/16 16-1/2 18-1/8 19-9/16 23 26-7/16 28-1/2 30-1/4
ROPE DIA.
1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2
.588 .916 1.3 1.778 2.3 2.9 3.58 5.12 6.92 8.98 11.3 13.88 16.7 19.78 26.6 34.4 43. 52.4
.69 1.05 1.5 2.04 2.66 3.36 4.12 5.88 7.96 10.34 13. 15.98 19.2 22.8 30.6 39.6 49.4 60.4
1-1/8 1.125 1-5/16 1.375 1-1/2 1.50 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-1/4 4 4 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.40
1 2 1-1/8 2-1/4 1-1/4 2-1/2
1-3/8 2-1/2 1-5/16 5-1/4 1-1/2 3 1-7/16 5-3/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 1-11/16 6-3/4 2 4 1-13/16 8 2-1/4* 4-1/4 2-1/8 6-3/4 2-1/2* 4-1/4 2-1/8 6-3/4
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
120
Snatch Blocks
NEW IMPROVED LIGHT CHAMPION by McKissick

Forged alloy heat treated hooks. Forged steel swivel tees, yokes and shackles. Hook and shackle assemblies on 4-1/2 through 14 sizes can be interchanged. Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller bearings. Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is suspended from gin-pole. 3 thru 18 418 and 419 blocks have exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure no lost bolts. Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch. Pressure lube fittings. 418 w/Hook 419 w/Shackle 404 Tail Board Fatigue rated. 3 - 10 feature dual rated wireline sheaves.
STOCK NO. SHEAVE DIA. BEARING (IN.) CODE 481 WITH HOOK 419 WITH SHACKLE 404 TAIL BOARD WIRE ROPE SIZE (IN.) WORKING LOAD LIMIT* (TONS) 418 WITH HOOK WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) 419 404 WITH TAIL SHACKLE BOARD REPLACEMENT SHEAVE STOCK NO.
3** 3** 4-1/2** 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18
BB BB BB BB RB BB RB BB RB BB RB BB RB BB RB BB RB BB RB BB RB BB RB BB RB
108038 108065 108127 108154 108225 108252 108323 108350 169169 199911 108421 108458 194920 199948 108528 108546 199975 200008 108608 108626 200099 200151 108644 108662
109091 109037 109064 109126 109153 109224 109251 109322 109359 202961 169347 109420 109457 169356 167857 109527 109545 203041 203087 109607 109625 203130 203176 109643 109661
102016 102025 102098 102114 102169 102187 102230 102258 178890 178934 102301 102329
5/16 - 3/8 5/16 - 3/8 3/8 - 1/2 5/8 - 3/4 5/8 - 3/4 5/8 - 3/4 5/8 - 3/4 5/8 - 3/4 5/8 - 3/4 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1
2 2 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
5 12 27 27 33 33 41 41 48 48 48 48 55 55 55 55 130 130 130 130 150 150 150 150
5 4 12 28 28 34 34 42 42 49 49 49 49 56 56 56 56 135 135 135 135 155 155 155 155
3 7 15 15 21 21 29 29 36 36 36 36
460147 460147 2000232 460815 472688 461164 473277 461805 473776 462270 474141 462289 474150 463625 474766 463634 474775 4100056 4200028 4100065 4200037 464571 475792 4104640 6000000
*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. **Available in Bronze Bushed only. 3" and 4-1/2" have self-lubricating Bronze Bushing. Fitted with 1-1/4" ID Swivel Eye. May be furnished in other rope sizes.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
121
Wire Rope
ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES

In certain instances the use of rotation resistant wire rope is necessary to provide rotational stability to the lifted load. In general, the use of these specialized wire ropes is limited to those situations where it is impractical to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Use a tag line. Relocate rope dead end. Increase sheave sizes. Eliminate "odd-part" reeving. Significantly reduce rope loading and rope length.
Dyform - 34LR
DYFORM-34LR & 35LS ROTATION RESISTANCE ROPE MIN. BREAKING FORCE** (TONS) 1960 2160 34LR 35LS 34LR 15.40 13.60 17.42 16.19 14.28 18.21 18.88 16.52 21.13 19.67 17.31 22.03 22.03 19.11 24.73 25.18 21.69 28.21 27.20 24.28 30.46 30.80 27.09 34.62 34.51 30.91 38.67 38.33 33.61 42.94 43.28 37.43 48.45 46.65 41.37 52.38 47.21 41.59 53.06 50.69 44.74 56.88 55.64 49.35 62.38 60.59 52.94 67.89 62.38 54.40 70.03 66.09 57.78 74.19 75.99 66.99 85.20 77.45 68.90 86.89 86.44 75.99 97.01 98.13 85.99 110.16 116.90 105.89 123.65 138.26 120.27 147.25 APPROX. WT/FT (LBS) 34LR .54 .57 .65 .69 .77 .87 .94 1.07 1.20 1.32 1.49 1.61 1.65 1.75 1.92 2.10 2.16 2.28 2.63 2.70 2.99 3.39 4.05 4.87 35LS .49 .51 .60 .62 .69 .78 .87 ..97 1.11 1.21 1.34 1.49 1.51 1.61 1.77 1.91 1.97 2.08 2.41 2.50 2.74 3.10 3.82 4.35
Strongest, most rotation resistant. For the most demanding hoisting applications.
35LS
Rotation resistant wire ropes have less of a tendency to unlay when loaded than do conventional wire ropes. This results in improved rotational stability to the lifted load within a safe working load range. Rotation resistant wire ropes are designed in such a way that the rotational force of the outer rope is partially counteracted by the rotational force of the inner rope when the rope is subjected to a load. The rated strengths of rotation resistant ropes are less than the conventional 6 x 19 and 6 x 36 Classification wire ropes, and larger sheaves and drums are required in order to achieve comparable fatigue life. Drum and sheave diameters should be 34 to 36 times rope diameter for the 19 x 7 and 35 x 7 rotation resistant ropes and 21 to 27 times rope diameter for 8 x 19 rotation resistant ropes. Rotation Resistant Ropes are available in a full range of sizes, grades and constructions: Standard constructions for single-part and multi-part lifting. Special wire rope constructions for increased service life in particularly demanding applications Dyform-18 HSLR, Dyform 34LR and 35LS. NOTE: 1. Swivels are not recommended for use with rotation resistant ropes. 2. Although B30 standards permit rotation resistant ropes to be used under certain conditions at design factors of 3.5:1, we recommend a minimum design factor of 5:1 and a design factor of 7:1 for extended rope life.
For demanding applications where highest strength is not mandatory.
DIAMETER (MM) (IN.) 1/2 13 14 9/16 15 16 5/8 17 18 19 3/4 20 21 22 7/8 23 24 25 1 26 28 1-1/8 30 32 1-1/4 35 1-3/8 38 1-1/2
19 x 7 Rotation Resistant
Not recommended for multiple part lifting.
8 x 19 Rotation Resistant
Dyform - 18HSLR Rotation Resistant
DYFORM-18 HSLR ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE NOMINAL APPROX. DIA. STRENGTH* WT/FT (IN.) (TONS) (LBS) 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 8.3 11.2 14.6 18.5 22.7 32.4 43.8 57.5 71.5 87.9 .27 .37 .51 .64 .79 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.1
Can be used for multiple part lifting.
19 X 7 ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE NOMINAL STRENGTH* APPROX. DIA. (TONS) WT/FT (IN.) EIP IPS (LBS) 3/16 1.57 1.42 .064 1/4 2.77 2.51 .113 5/16 4.30 3.90 .177 3/8 6.15 5.59 .25 7/16 8.33 7.58 .35 1/2 10.8 9.85 .45 9/16 13.6 12.4 .58 5/8 16.8 15.3 .71 3/4 24.0 21.8 1.02 7/8 32.5 29.5 1.39 1 42.2 38.3 1.82 1-1/8 53.1 48.2 2.30 1-1/4 65.1 59.2 2.80 1-3/8 78.4 71.3 3.43 1-1/2 92.8 84.4 4.08 1-5/8 108.0 98.4 4.80 8 X 19 ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE 7/16 8.97 7.80 .36 1/2 11.7 10.2 .47 9/16 14.7 12.8 .60 5/8 18.1 15.7 .73 3/4 25.9 22.6 1.06 7/8 35.0 30.5 1.44 1 45.5 39.6 1.88 1-1/8 57.3 49.8 2.39 1-1/4 70.5 61.3 2.94 1-3/8 84.9 73.8 3.56 1-1/2 100.0 87.3 4.24
For multi-part lifting. 35% greater strength.
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed. NOTE: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed. When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate. **Listed minimum breaking force is for 1960 & 2160 grade bright (ungalvanized) ropes. Inquire for a minimum breaking force of glavanized ropes. Other sizes available upon request. PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
HEADQUARTERS: 55
www.hanessupply.com
122
Wire Rope
HIGH PERFORMANCE WIRE ROPE

Constructex is made of three different strand constructions: 7-wire, 24-wire and 40-wire strands. The nine strands are closed in operation and lightly swaged to postform the rope and give the strands a triangular shape. Compacting increases strength and resistance to crushing. The smooth outside surface enhances abrasion and scrubbing resistance. Constructex can provide 1-1/2 to 2 times the service life of other wire ropes in severely abusive applications. Typical Applications include: tubing lines, logging lines, winch lines, boom hoists, scrap yard, mobile and overhead traveling CONSTRUCTEX ROPE cranes, hot bed NOMINAL APPROX conveyors, car haulage DIA. STRENGTH* WT/FT and marine cargo falls.
(IN.) 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 (TONS) 25.5 36.5 48.5 62.5 79.5 97.6 118.0 139.0 162.0 (LBS) .86 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.6 3.2 3.8 4.6 5.3 *Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed. Other sizes available upon request.
Dyform-6 The Dyforming process produces high density wire rope made with compacted strands. Dyform-6 is a six strand construction with an Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC). It meets or exceeds strength requirements of EEIPS rope. The compact strand construction provides better flexibility, bending life and crush resistance than standard 6-strand ropes. Compacting also produces a smooth surface for reduced bearing pressure; and DYFORM-6 increases the steel area by 100% for higher abrasion NOMINAL APPROX. STRENGTH* WT/FT resistance and less sheave (TONS) (LBS.) wear. Typical Applications DIA. FIBER FIBER include: boom hoist, load hoist and winch lines, (IN.) IWRC CORE IWRC CORE 3/8 8.8 .31 holding, closing, crowd and 7/16 11.9 .39 retract lines, blast furnace 1/2 15.3 .49 skip hoist and bell operating 9/16 19.3 .63 ropes, ore bridges and ore 5/8 22.7 20.0 .78 .71 unloaders, stripper, soaking 3/4 32.4 28.6 1.13 1.03 pit, hot metal, scrap yard, 7/8 43.8 38.6 1.54 1.40 mobile and overhead 1 57.5 50.0 2.00 1.82 traveling cranes, hot bed 1-1/8 71.5 63.0 2.54 2.31 conveyors, car haulage, and 1-1/4 87.9 77.5 3.14 2.85 1-3/8 106.0 93.0 3.80 3.45 marine cargo falls.
1-1/2 125.0 111.0 4.50 4.10
AIR CRAFT CABLE

Aircraft Cable is pre-formed and made in accordance with commerical specifications. GAC to military and federal specifications is available.
7 X 19
DIA. (IN.) GALVANIZED MIN. APPROX. WT. BREAKING 1000 FT/LBS. STRENGTH (LBS) STAINLESS STEEL MIN. BREAKING STRENGTH (LBS.)
3/32 1/8 5/32 7 x 19 3/16 7/32 1/4 9/32 5/16 3/8
17. 29. 45. 65. 86. 110. 139. 173. 243.
1,000 2,000 2,800 4,200 5,600 7,000 8,000 9,800 14,400
920 1,760 2,400 3,700 5,000 6,400 7,800 9,000 12,000
CARBON STEEL AIRCRAFT CABLE

Galvanized cable has the highest strength and greatest fatigue life of the materials offered. It has good to fair corrosion resistance in rural to industrial atmosphere enviornments. This material is most widely used for small diameter cable. Tin over galvanized cable offers greater corrosion resistance and reduced friction over pulleys.
VINYL COATED GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE MIN. COATED APPROX. BREAKING TO WT/FT STRENGTH (IN.) CONSTRUCTION (LBS.) (LBS.) 3/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 5/16 7/16 7x7 7x7 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 28 39 39 78 125 272 920 1,700 2,000 4,200 7,000 14,400
DIA. (IN.) 3/32 7 x 19 1/8 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
123
Wire Ropes
ABRASION RESISTANCE
...DECREASES with Smaller Wires
FATIGUE RESISTANCE
...DECREASES with Fewer Wires
...INCREASES with Larger Wires
...INCREASES with More Wires
WIRE ROPE
NOMINAL STRENGTHS AND WEIGHTS 6 X 19 CLASS 6 X 36 CLASS
NOMINAL STRENGTH IN TONS OF 2000 POUNDS DIAMETER (IN.) IMPROVED PLOW STEEL FIBER CORE IWRC EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT PER FOOT (LBS.) FIBER CORE IWRC
3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2
1.55 2.74 4.26 6.10 8.27 10.7 13.5 16.7 23.8 32.2 41.8 52.6 64.6 77.7 92.0 107. 124. 141. 160. 179. 200. 222. 244. 268. 292. 317.
1.67 2.94 4.58 6.56 8.89 11.5 14.5 17.9 25.6 34.6 44.9 56.5 69.4 83.5 98.9 115. 133. 152. 172. 192. 215. 239. 262. 288. 314. 341. 370. 399. 429. 459. 491.
3.40 5.27 7.55 10.2 13.3 16.8 20.6 29.4 39.8 51.7 65.0 79.9 96. 114. 132. 153. 174. 198. 221. 247. 274. 302. 331. 361. 393. 425. 458. 492. 529. 564.
.059 .105 .164 .236 .32 .42 .53 .66 .95 1.29 1.68 2.13 2.63 3.18 3.78 4.44 5.15 5.91 6.72 7.59 8.51 9.48 10.5 11.6 12.7 13.9
.065 .116 .18 .26 .35 .46 .59 .72 1.04 1.42 1.85 2.34 2.89 3.50 4.16 4.88 5.67 6.50 7.39 8.35 9.36 10.4 11.6 12.8 14.0 15.3 16.6 18.0 19.5 21.0 22.6
Available galvanized at 10% lower strengths, or in equivalent strengths on special request.

HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
124
Wire Ropes
COMMONLY USED WIRE ROPE CROSS SECTIONS

6 x 19 Classification
6 x 19 Seale IWRC
6 x 21 Filler Wire FC
6 x 25 Filler Wire IWRC
6 x 26 Warrington Seale IWRC
6 x 36 Classification
6 x 36 Seale Filler Wire IWRC
6 x 36 Warrington Seale FC
6 x 31 Filler Wire Seale IWRC
6 x 49 Filler Wire Seale IWRC
Cross sections of rotation resistant rope constructions.
3 x 19 Seale
8 x 19 Seale IWRC
8 x 25 Filler Wire IWRC
8 x 17 FC
19 x 7
19 x 19 Seale
35 x 7
35 x 19 Seale
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
125
Wire Ropes
INSPECTION THE KEY TO LONGER, SAFER WIRE ROPE USE

Any wire rope in use should be inspected on a regular basis. You have too much at stake in lives and equipment to ignore thorough examination of the rope at prescribed intervals. The purpose of inspection is to accurately estimate the service life and strength remaining in a rope so that maximum service can be had within the limits of safety. Results of the inspection should be recorded to provide a history of rope performance on a particular job. On most jobs, wire rope must be replaced before there is a risk of failure. A rope broken in service can destroy machinery and curtail production. It can also kill. Because of the great responsibility involved in ensuring safe rigging on equipment, the man assigned to inspect should know wire rope and its operation thoroughly. Inspections should be made regularly and the results recorded. When inspecting the rope, the condition of the drum, sheaves, guards, cable clamps and other end fittings should be noted. The condition of these parts affects rope wear; any defects detected should be repaired. To ensure rope soundness between inspections, all workers should participate. The operation can be most helpful by watching the ropes under his control. If any accident involving the ropes occurs, the operator should immediately shut down his equipment and report the accident to his supervisor. The equipment should be inspected before resuming operation. The Occupational Safety and Health Act has made periodic inspection mandatory for most wire rope applications.
Photo shows new gauge and worn sheave. This new gauge is designed with one-half the allowable oversize (see table). Using the new gauge, when you do not see light, the sheave is OK. When you do see light under the new gauge, the sheave should be replaced.
NOMINAL ROPE DIAMETER ALLOWABLE ROPE OVERSIZE ONE-HALF ALLOWABLE ROPE OVERSIZE
JUST LOOKING AT THE ROPE IS NOT ENOUGH When an inspector takes a look at a rope, he may see sections showing excessive wear. By flagging the rope, he can quickly determine where the rope is rubbing or contacting parts of the equipment, and then repair, replace or modify the condition causing wear. Inspections of sheaves is a relatively simple, yet very vital task. A sheave groove gauge, usually obtainable from a wire rope manufacturer, is used to check the grooves in a sheave. Hold the gauge perpendicular to the surface of the groove to observe properly the groove size and contour, as in this illustration.
0" - 3/4" 13/16" - 1-1/8" 1-3/16" - 1-1/2" 1-9/16" - 2-1/4" 2-5/16" - and larger
+1/32" +3/64" +1/16" +3/32" +1/8"
+1/64" +3/128" +1/32" +3/64" +1/16"
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
126
Wire Ropes
SHEAVES SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR:

1. Correct groove diameter 2. Roundness or contour to give proper support to the rope 3. Small holes, cracks, uneven surfaces, or other defects that might be detrimental to the rope 4. Extreme deep wear A sheave should also be checked to make sure it turns freely, is properly aligned, has no broken or cracked flanges, and has bearings that work properly. Drums should also be inspected for signs of wear that could damage rope. Plain-faced or smooth drums can develop grooves or impressions that prevent rope from winding properly. Repair by resurfacing the face or replacing the lagging. Scrubbing will occur if the rope tends to close wind. If the tendency is to open winding, the rope will encounter abnormal abuse as the second layer forces itself down between the open wraps of the first layer on the drum. Operating with a smooth drum calls for special care. Be sure the rope is always tightly wound and thread laid on the first layer. Any loosening of the line is easily observed as the winding will be bad and the rope will be coming off with a series of "bad spots." Grooved drums should be examined for tight or corrugated grooves and for differences in depth or pitch that could damage the second and subsequent layers. Worn grooves can develop extremely sharp edges that shave away small particles of steel from the rope. Correct this condition by grinding or filing a radius to replace the sharp edge. Drum flanges, as well as the starter, filler and riser strips, should be checked. Excessive wear here often causes unnecessary rope abuse at the change of layers and crossover points. Other places of contact such as rollers, scrub boards, guides and end-attachments should also be inspected.
RIGHT WAY. Set the machinist's caliper to read the widest diameter. Vernier scale reads to 1/128th of an inch.
MEASURE THE WIDEST DIAMETER

Ropes and sheave grooves must be precisely fitted to each other to get the most service out of your wire rope dollar. Make measurement of rope diameter a normal part of your inspection program. There's only one right way to measure rope diameter: use machinist's calipers and be sure to measure the widest diameter. The drawings at the left compare the right way with the wrong way. This method is not only useful for measuring the diameter of a new rope, but also for determining the amount of wear and compression that has occurred while the rope has been in use. Accurate recording of this information is essential in helping to decide when to replace wire rope.
WRONG WAY. This is the wrong way to measure wire rope diameter. Widest diameter is not being read.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
127
Wire Ropes
COMMON WIRE ROPE ABUSES

Neglect and abuse are the two chief enemies of wire rope life. One costly form of neglect is lack of proper field lubrication. Abuse takes many forms: improper reeling or unreeling, wrong size or worn sheaves, improper storage, and bad splicing are a few.
CONDITION OF MACHINERY
Wire rope performance depends upon the condition of the equipment on which it operates; poorly maintained equipment will usually result in reduced rope life.
CRUSHING. Because of loose winding on drum, rope was pulled inbetween underlying wraps and crushed out of shape.
EFFECTS OF VIBRATION
SHOCK-LOADING
AND
The destructive effects of jerking or shock-loading are visually noticeable. Vibration has somewhat the same effect, and is equally destructive. An individual shock may be slight, but many rapidly repeated slight shocks can have the effect of several large shocks. Vibration which occurs directly above a load is often unavoidable. "Whipping" of the section of rope immediately above the load is also common. In these cases, rapid wire fatigue is possible. For reasons of safety, this section should be examined regularly. Wire rope failure is usually cumulative. Each repeated overstress brings the rope nearer to failure. Thus, a wire rope may become fatigued to a point close to failure under a heavy load, and actually fail under a much lighter load.
TOO SUDDEN LOAD RELEASE. The sudden release of a load caused birdcaging. Here individual strands open away from each other, displacing the core.
LACK OF LUBRICATION. Premature breakage of wires resulted from "locking" of strands, which was caused by insufficient lubrication.
OVERSTRESSING
In any hoisting operation, there should be no slack in the wire rope when the load is applied. Otherwise, the resulting stress will be excessive. Overstressing can also be the result of too-rapid acceleration or deceleration. Wire rope will withstand considerable stress if the load is applied slowly. As with ordinary twine, a quick snap will cause overstressing and breakage. This applies both when starting to lift a load, and when bringing it to a stop.
INFREQUENT INSPECTION. Neglect of periodical inspection left this rope in service too long, resulting in considerable abrasion.
CORROSION
Corrosion can seriously shorten wire rope life, both by metal loss and by formation of corrosion pits in the wires. These pits act as stress-concentration points in the wires in much the same manner as do nicks.
IMPROPER HANDLING. Kink or "dog leg" was caused by improper handling and/or installation. A kink causes excessive localized or spot abrasion.
continued...
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
128
Wire Ropes
WIRE ROPE ABUSE continued

Wire rope left on machines shut down for long periods of time deteriorates rapidly. To preserve the rope for future sue, it should be removed, cleaned and thoroughly lubricated.
CAUSES OF CORROSION DAMAGE

Pitting, erosion and surface effects of many different types can all result in corrosion damage. Because they tend to increase corrosion, the following conditions should be considered and noted when applicable, during the ordering of wire rope: acid and alkaline solutions, gases, fumes, brine and salt air, sulphurous compounds, and high humidity and temperature. Lubricants are readily available to reduce the severity of attack of most of these conditions.
REVERSE BENDING Running this rope over one sheave and under another caused fatigue breaks in wires.
EXCESSIVE EXPOSURE TO ELEMENTS. Too much exposure combined with surface wear and loss of lubrication caused corrosion and pitting.
EFFECTS OF SEVERE HEAT

Where wire rope is subjected to severe heat (e.g., foundry cranes) it will not give the service expected because it will deteriorate more quickly. Wire ropes exposed to hot-metal handling or other extreme heat sometimes require independent wire rope cores.
TOO LONG IN SERVICE. Repeated winding and overwinding of this rope on a drum while it was under heavy stress caused the unusually severe wear shown.
SHIFTING ROPES FROM ONE JOB TO ANOTHER

Sometimes an idle wire rope from one operation is installed on another to keep the rope in continuous service. This extremely poor practice is an expensive "economy." Because wire rope tends to "set" to the conditions of its particular operating job, the differing bends, abrasions and stresses of a new operation can produce premature failure. Therefore, for a maximum life and efficiency, a rope should be used only on the job for which it has been specified.
UNDERSIZE SHEAVE GROOVES. Sheaves were too small, causing strands to pinch. Wires then fail in the valley between the strands.
MACHINERY OPERATION
Some operators are harder on their machinery than others and as a result they get shorter rope life. In certain instances, enough extra work is done to more than offset the additional wear-and-tear on equipment and wire rope. The operation may be more efficient from the production standpoint as a result, but those in charge of rope purchases should be made aware of the probable reduction in rope life and increased rope costs.
POOR WORK PROCEDURES. Damage to strands and wires resulted from electric arcing.
LACK OF KNOWLEDGE. Here's what occurs when a loop which has been "pulled through" and tightened remains in service.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
129
Wire Ropes
ABRASION AND BENDING

THE "X CHART": ABRASION RESISTANCE VS. BENDING-FATIGUE RESISTANCE
While there is a possibility, there is likelihood that an application can be found for which there is a precisely suitable wire rope one that can satisfy every indicated requirement. As with all engineering design problems, feasible solutions demand compromise to some degree. At times, it becomes necessary to settle for less than optimum resistance to abrasion in order to obtain maximum flexibility; the latter being a more important requirement for the given job. A typical example of this kind of trade-off would be in selecting a highly flexible rope on an overhead crane. Conversely, in a haulage installation, a rope with greater resistance to abrasion would be chosen despite the fact that such ropes are markedly less flexible. Two compelling factors that govern most decisions as to the selection of a wire rope are: abrasion resistance, and resistance to bending fatigue. Striking a proper balance with respect to these two important characteristics demands judgment of a very high order. A graphic presentation of just such comparison of qualities between the most widely used rope constructions and others is given by means of X-chart. Referring to this chart when selecting a rope, the mid-point (at the X) comes closest to an even balance between abrasion resistance and resistance to bending fatigue. Reading up or down along either leg of the X, the inverse relationship becomes more apparent as one quality increases and the other decreases. sheaves, the severe bending stresses imposed will cause the wires to break from fatigue, even though actual wear is slight. The smaller the diameter of the sheave, the sooner these fatigue breaks will occur and the shorter rope life becomes. Another undesirable effect of small sheaves is accelerated wear of both rope and sheave groove. The pressure per unit area of rope on sheave groove for a given load is inversely proportional to the size of the sheave. In other words, the smaller the sheave the greater the rope pressure per unit area on the groove. Both sheaves and rope life can obviously be prolonged by using the proper diameter sheave for the size and construction of rope. Sheave diameter can also influence rope strength. When a wire rope is bent around a sheave, there is a loss of effective strength due to the inability of the individual strands and wire to adjust themselves entirely to their changed position. Tests show that rope strength efficiency decreases to a marked degree as the sheave diameter is reduced with respect to the diameter of the rope. Therefore, it is evident that a definite relationship exists between rope service and sheave size. As a guide to rope users, wire rope manufacturers have established standards for various rope constructions. To secure the most economical service, it is important that the suggested size of sheaves given below be used.
The wire rope industry refers to this as the X-chart. It serves to illustrate the inverse relationship between abrasion resistance and resistance to bending fatigue in a representative number of the most widely used wire ropes.
NUMBER OF OUTSIDE WIRES PER STRAND 6
E A
6X7
E S T LE G R A S T R E IO N A B R A S S IS TA N C E TO B E N D IN TO G E FA N C TI TA G U IS E S R E G T S LE A R E
9 10 12 12 12 14 16 18
6 X 19 S 6 X 21 FW Flattened Strand 6 X 25 FW 6 X 31 WS 6 X 36 WS 6 X 49 FWS 6 X 64 SFWS
T A TE S T
PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM SIZES

CONSTRUCTION SUGGESTED D/d* RATIO MINIMUM D/d*RATIO
EFFECT OF SHEAVE SIZE

Wire ropes are manufactured in a great variety of constructions to meet the varying demands of wire rope usage. Where abrasion is an important factor, the rope must be made of a coarse construction containing relatively large wires. In other cases, the great amount of bending to which the rope is subjected is more important. Here, a more flexible construction, containing many relatively small wires, is required. In either case, however, if the rope operates over inadequate size
HEADQUARTERS: 55
6x7 19 x 7 or 18 x 7
Rotation Resistant
72 51 51 45 45 45 39 39 35 41 32 32 21
42 34 34 30 30 30 26 26 23 27 21 21 14
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 6 6
x x x x x x x x x x x
19 27 31 21 25 31 36 19 25 41 42
Seale H flattened strand V flattened strand filler wire filler wire Warrington Seale Warrington Seale Seale filler wire Warrington Seale filler
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
130
Wire Ropes
ROPE STRENGTH AND DESIGN FACTORS

The rope strength design factor is the ratio of the rated strength of the rope to its operating stress. If a particular rope has a rated strength of 100,000 lbs. and is working under an operating stress of 20,000 lbs., it has a rope strength design factor of 5. It is operating at one-fifth or 20% of its rated strength. Many codes refer to this factor as the "Safety Factor" which is a misleading term, since this ratio obviously does not include the many facets of an operation which must be considered in determining safety. Wire rope is an expendable item a replacement part of a machine or installation. For economic and other reasons, some installations require ropes to operate at high stresses (low rope strength design factors). On some installations where high risk is involved, high rope strength design factors must be maintained. However, operating and safety codes exist for most applications and these codes give specific factors for usage. When a machine is working and large dynamic loadings (shock loading) are imparted to the rope, the rope strength design factor will be reduced which could result in overstressing of the rope. Reduced rope strength design factors frequently result in reduced service life of wire rope.
O.S.H.A. (A.N.S.I.) Removal Criteria 5. A.N.S.I. Safety Codes, Standards and Requirements rope must be removed from service when diameter loss or wire breakage occurs as follows:
DIAMETER LOSS
ORIGINAL DIAMETER (IN.) LOSS (IN.)
5/16 & smaller 3/8 - 1/2 9/16 - 3/4 7/8 - 1-1/8 1-1/4 - 1-1/2
1/64 1/32 3/64 1/16 3/32
NUMBER OF WIRE BREAKS

NUMBER BROKEN WIRES IN RUNNING ROPES IN ONE IN ONE ROPE LAY STRAND NUMBER BROKEN WIRES IN STANDING ROPES IN ONE IN ONE ROPE LAY STRAND
A.N.S.I. NO.
EQUIPMENT
B30.2 B30.4 B30.5 B30.6 B30.7 B30.8 A10.4 A10.5
Overhead & Gantry Cranes Portal, Tower & Pillar Cranes Crawler, Locomotive & Truck Cranes Derricks Base Mounted Drum Hoists Floating Cranes & Derricks Personnel Hoists Material Hoists
12 6 6 6 6 6 6* 6*
4 Not specified Not specified 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2* 2 Not specified Not specified Not specified
*Also remove for 1 valley break. OSHA requires monthly record keeping of wire rope condition. Note: Current industry recommendations and OSHA Standars are based upon the use of steel sheaves. The manufacturer of plastic or synthetic sheaves or liners should be consulted for their recommendations on the safe application of their product, and possible revision in rope inspection criteria when used with their product.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
131
Wire Ropes
ROPE STRENGTH AND DESIGN FACTORS

susceptible to the abuses of bending over small diameter sheaves, pinching in undersize sheave grooves, crushing when winding on drums, and failing due to excessive rotation. Left lay rope has greatest usage in oil fields on rod and tubing lines, blast hole rigs, and spudders where rotation of right lay rope would loosen couplings. The rotation of a left lay rope tightens a standard coupling. A wire rope is a piece of flexible, multi-wired, stranded machinery made of many precision parts. Usually a wire rope consists of a core member, around which a number of multi-wired strands are "laid" or helically bent. There are two general types of cores for wire rope fiber cores and wire cores. The fiber core may be made from natural or synthetic fibers. The wire core can be an Independent Wire Core (IWRC), or Strand Core (SC). The purpose of the core is to provide support and maintain the position of the outer strands during operation.
UNDERSTAND WHAT THE "LAYS" OF WIRE ROPE MEAN

"Lay" of a wire rope is simply a description of the way wires and strands are placed during construction. Right lay and left lay refer to the direction of strands. Right lay means that the strands pass from left to right across the rope. Left lay means just the opposite; strands pass from right to left. Regular lay and lang lay describe the way wires are placed within each strand. Regular lay means that wires in the strands are laid opposite in direction to the lay of the strands. Lang lay means that wires are laid in the same direction as the lay of the strands. Most of the wire rope used is right lay, regular lay. This specification has the widest range of applications and meets the requirements of most equipment. In fact, other lay specifications are considered exceptions and must be requested when ordering.
Any number of multi-wired strands may be laid around the core. The most popular arrangement is six strands around the core, as this combination gives the best balance. The number of wires per strand may vary from 3 to 91, with the majority or wire ropes falling into the 7-wire, 19-wire, or 36 wire strand categories.
LENGTH OF SERVICE DEPENDS ON HOW YOU TREAT YOUR WIRE ROPES.
RIGHT LAY
REGULAR LAY
HERE ARE SOME EXCEPTIONS

Lang lay is recommended for many excavating, construction, and mining applications, including draglines, hoist lines, dredgelines and other similar lines. Here's why. Lang lay ropes are more flexible than regular lay ropes. They also have greater wearing surface per wire than regular lay ropes. Where properly recommended, installed and used, lang lay ropes can be used to greater advantage than regular lay ropes. However, lang lay ropes are more
LEFT LAY
REGULAR LAY
RIGHT LAY
LANG LAY
LEFT LAY
LANG LAY
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
132
Basic Lift Engineering

EVERY LIFT USES 1 OF 3 BASIC HITCHES

STRAIGHT OR VERTICAL, attachment, is simply using a sling to connect a lifting hook to a load. Full rated lifting capacity of the sling may be utilized, but must not be exceeded. Whenever a single sling is used in this manner, a tagline should be used to prevent load rotation which may cause damage to the sling. When two or more slings are attached to the same lifting hook in straight or vertical manner, the total hitch becomes, in effect, a lifting bridle, and the load is distributed among the individual slings. CHOKER hitches reduce lifting capability of a sling, since this method of rigging affects ability of the wire rope components to adjust during the lift. A choker is used when the load will not be seriously damaged by the sling body or the sling damaged by the load, and when the lift requires the sling to snug up against the load. The diameter of the bend where the sling contacts the load should keep the point of choke against the sling BODY never against a splice or the base of the eye. When a choke is used, the sling rated capacity must be adjusted downward to compensate for loss of capability. A choker hitch should be pulled tight before a lift is made NOT PULLED DOWN DURING THE LIFT. It is also dangerous to use only one choker hitch to lift a load which might shift or slide out of the choke. BASKET hitches distribute a load between the two legs of a sling within limitations described below. Capacity of a sling used in a basket is affected by the bend, or curvature, where the sling body comes in contact with the load just as any sling is affected and limited by bending action, as over a sheave.
STRAIGHT CHOKER BASKET
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
CALCULATING THE LOAD ON EACH LEG OF A SLING

As the horizontal angle between the legs of a sling decreases, the load on each leg increases. The effect is the same whether a single sling is used as a basket, or two slings are used with each in a straight pull, as with a 2legged bridle. Anytime pull is exerted at an angle on a leg or legs of a sling, the load per leg can be determined by using the data in the table at right. Proceed as follows to calculate this load and determine the rated capacity required of the sling, or slings, needed for a lift.
1000 LBS 500 LBS. 500 LBS.
1. First, divide the total load to be lifted by the number of legs to be used. This provides the load per leg if the lift were being made with all legs lifting vertically. 2. Determine the angle. 3. Then MULTIPLY the load per leg (as computed in No. 1 above) by the Load Factor for the leg angle being used (from the table below) to compute the ACTUAL LOAD on each leg for this lift and angle. THE ACTUAL LOAD MUST NOT EXCEED THE RATED SLING CAPACITY. Thus, in drawing three (sling angle at 60): 1000 2 = 500 (Load Per Leg if vertical lift) 500 x 1.154 = 577 lbs. = ACTUAL LOAD on each leg at the 60 HORIZ angle being used. In drawing four (sling angle of 45): 1000 2 = 500 (Load Per Leg if a vertical lift) 500 x 1.414 = 70 lbs. = ACTUAL LOAD on each leg at the 45 HORIZ angle being used.
1000 LBS
LEG ANGLE (DEGREES)
LOAD FACTOR
70 7
90
75
60
45
1000 LBS
1000 LBS
1000 LBS
1000 LBS
90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45
1.000 1.003 1.015 1.035 1.064 1.103 1.154 1.220 1.305 1.414
518 L B
7L BS
1000 LBS
LB
BS 7L 57
B 518 L
57
S
7 70 LB S
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
133
Basic Lift Engineering

EFFECT OF ANGLES
Various sling manufacturers refer in their specification tables to leg angles of slings during lifts since these angles have a direct relationship to lifting capability of a sling. Regardless of how the sling angle may be stated, or the method used to compute stress in a sling leg, the sling is the same. Capacity does not change but stresses on sling legs change with rigging angles. Much misunderstanding results because the carrying capacity of a sling leg is reduced by the rigging angle. What happens is that the operator is lifting the load straight up (vertical) while the legs are pulling at an angle, thereby causing a disadvantage. For quick figuring in the shop, a 60-degree leg angle causes a loss in lifting capacity of 15%... a 45-degree angle reduces capacity by 30%... and a 30-degree angle, 50%. This rule of thumb is not 100% accurate, but is easy to remember and slightly on the safe side. It is always good practice, within limits, to keep the sling leg angle as large as possible. The length and width of the load sling length, and available headroom are determining factors in this sling angle. It is neither economical nor good practice
to exceed a 45-degree sling leg angle. Angles less than 45 degrees not only build up tension in the sling legs out of all proportion to the weight of the load, they also create a much greater "in-pull" on the ends of the load. This produces eccentrically loaded column effect, as an engineer would describe it meaning simply that long, slender objects have a tendency to buckle. Angles less than 45 degrees indicate some thought should be given to the use of a lifting beam or other device in connection with the lift. Studying typical sling charts readily reveals that lifting capacities on slings are misleading unless the sling angle is stated. The same sling that will handle 10 tons at an 85-degree leg angle will only handle 5 tons if this angle is decreased to 30 degrees.
GOOD SLING PRACTICE

Regardless of what type of sling may be employed, there are accepted good working rules which will help increase useful sling life as well as improve safety. These include: 1. Use the proper sling for the lift. Whether Twin-Path, Web, Chain, or Wire Rope, the proper sling is the one with the best combination of work and handling feature of the proper length and rated
capacity for the situation. 2. Start and stop slowly. Crane hooks should be raised slowly until the sling becomes taut and the load is suspended. Lifting or lowering speed should be increased or decreased gradually. Sudden starts or stops place heavier loads on a sling comparable to jamming the brakes on a speeding automobile. A rule of thumb: Shock loads can double the stress on a sling. 3. If possible, set the load on blocks. Pulling a sling from under a load causes abrasion and "curling" making the sling harder to handle on the next lift, while reducing strength through loss of metal. 4. Sharp corners cut slings. Use protector arcs, Cornermax and Synthetic Armor Wear Pads between sharp corners and the sling body. 5. Store in a dry room. Moisture is a natural enemy of wire rope as are acid fumes and other caustic gases. 6. Avoid handling hot material or objects in direct contact with the sling. Strength goes down as temperature goes up! 7. Dropping casting, tools or heavy objects on slings, or running over them with trucks, can cause damage. Always hang slings when not in use. 8. Use hooks properly. "Point loading" reduces hook capacity. Pull should be straight in the line of lift. any time any of the following conditions are detected: 1. Ten randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken wires in one strand in one rope lay. 2. Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any other damage resulting in distortion of the wire rope structure. 3. Evidence of heat damage. 4. End attachments that are cracked, deformed, or worn. 5. Hooks that have been opened more than 15% of the normal throat opening measured at the narrowest point, or twisted more than 10 degrees from the plane of the unbent hook. 6. Corrosion of the rope or end attachments. It is apparent from the foregoing that inspection of a wire rope sling to meet these removal criteria requires more than a casual understanding of wire rope design and manufacture, and the responsibility for daily inspections must be in the hands of trained personnel. Most of the foregoing applies equally to any type of sling and careful inspection by a trained inspector is necessary for safe sling use. If you require training for any type of sling inspection, contact Hanes Supply for more information.
SELECTING A SLING
The following is presented as a guide only to help in selection of a sling for a lift. 1. Determine the Load: The weight of the load must be known. This is always the starting point. 2. Decide the Hitch: Shape and bulk of the load must be accommodated as well as weight. Determine whether a straight attachment at some point on the load, a choker around the load, or some form of basket hitch will best control the load during the lift. 3. Adequacy of Lifting Device: The lifting device must have adequate capacity for making the lift, and provide any maneuverability required once the load is hoisted. 4. Room to Lift: Make certain the lifting device has sufficient headroom to raise the load to the height required. Headroom will affect the length of sling. 5. Length of Sling: By applying your decision on the type of hitch to knowledge of the headroom offered by the lifting device, the length of sling can be calculated. 6. Use Rated Capacity Chart: Always double-check that the sling type and capacity you choose, when rigged at the angle determined by the length of the sling, or the specific type of hitch,
will handle the load. Attaching the sling and completing the lift should be an orderly procedure without "surprises" when these steps have been followed. Two further precautions should be noted, however. First, plan to protect both load and sling from damage at sharp corners, etc. Cornermax and Synthetic Armor Wear Pads should be provided at the lift site. A protective pad should be used anytime a sling passes around a sharp corner. Last by no means unimportant by being last every sling should be visually examined from end to end BEFORE EVERY LIFT. It must always be kept in mind that the manufacturer's Rated Capacity applies only to a new sling in "unused" condition. A sling should be carefully examined to determine that it is in as nearly new condition as practicable before each lift. There are specific standards on the use and care of slings in industries such as shipping and construction, and these provide some guidance for sling inspectors. Consensus standards published as ANSI B30.9 are particularly helpful. ANSI Standard B30.9 specifies that a wire rope sling should be removed form service
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
134
Wire Ropes
BLOCK TWISTING
Block twisting or "cabling" is one of the most frequently encountered wire rope problems in the construction field. When this problem occurs, the wire rope is most often blamed, and other equally important factors in the operation are overlooked. Personnel experienced with handling of wire rope know that conventional wire ropes will twist or unlay slightly, when a load is applied. In a reeved hoisting system, subjected to loading and unloading such as a load hoisting line, this results in block twisting and possibly distortion of the wire rope. Cabling of the block most frequently occurs as the load in the wire rope is released, and the "falls" are in a lowered position. Cabling may be considered as the twisting of the block beyond one-half of a revolution (180 twisting) of the traveling block. When this condition occurs, the operator shows good judgment in not making additional lifts, until the conditions causing the problem are corrected. The following machine and site conditions should be investigated for possible improvement in block twisting. 1. Reduced wire rope length. Longer rope lengths cause more twisting than short rope lengths. This applies particularly to the amount of wire rope in the "falls." 2. Reduce the amount of load lifted. Heavily loaded ropes have more torque and twist than lightly loaded ropes. This condition would also apply to the 3.
4.
5.
6.
speed of loading or "shock" loading, since this condition also causes higher wire rope loading. Eliminate "odd-part" reeving, where the wire rope "dead-end" is on the traveling block. Wire rope torque, from the application of load, is greatest at the rope dead-end. Relocate the rope dead-end at the boom, in order to increase the separation between the dead-end and the other rope parts. This applies a stabilizing load directly to the traveling block. The original equipment manufacturer should be consulted before making this modification. Increase sheave size. This increases the amount of separation between wire rope parts and may improve the situation by applying stabilizing loads and reducing the amount of rope torque transmitted to the traveling block. Restrain the twisting block with a "tag" line. One or more of the foregoing suggestions may eliminate the problem without resorting to "specialized" wire rope which may not only be difficult to locate but expensive as well.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
ELASTIC PROPERTIES OF WIRE ROPE
The following discussion relates to conventional 6- or 8-strand ropes that have either fiber or steel cores; it is not applicable to rotation-resistant ropes since these constitute a separate case. Wire rope is an elastic member; it stretches or elongates under load. This stretch derives from two sources: 1. constructional, and 2. elastic. In actuality, there may be a third source of stretch a result of the rope rotating on its own axis. Such elongation, which may occur either as a result of using a swivel, or from the effect of a free-turning load, is brought about by the unlaying of the rope strands. Because the third source is a subject that is beyond the scope of this publication, discussion will be directed to constructional and elastic stretch.
CONSTRUCTIONAL STRETCH
When a load is applied to wire rope, the helically-laid wires and strands act in a constricting manner thereby compressing the core and bringing all the rope elements into closer contact. The result is a slight reduction in diameter and an accompanying lengthening of the rope. Constructional stretch is influenced by the following factors: 1. type of core (fiber or steel), 2. rope construction (6 x 7, 6 x 25 FW, 6 x 41 WS, 8 x 19 S, etc.), 3. length of lay 4. material. Ropes with wire strand core (WSC) or independent wire rope core (IWRC) have less constructional stretch than those with fiber core (FC). The reason for this is the fact that the steel cannot compress as much as the fiber core. Usually, constructional stretch will cease at an early stage in the rope's life. However, some fiber core ropes, if lightly loaded (as in the case of elevator ropes), may display a degree of constructional stretch over a considerable portion of their life. A definite value for determining constructional stretch cannot be assigned since it is influenced by several factors. The following table gives some idea of the approximate stretch as a percentage of rope under load.
ROPE CONSTRUCTION APPROX. STRETCH*
The use of special "rotation resistant" wire ropes will not likely be required unless the intended length of rope "falls" exceeds 100 feet, or the length of the load hoisting line exceeds 600 feet. In the event these latter conditions exist, the user should also anticipate using a combination of the "rotation resistant" wire rope and the foregoing field suggestions for the more severe problems.
ELASTIC STRETCH
Elastic stretch results from recoverable deformation of the metal itself. Here, again, a quantity cannot be precisely calculated. However, the following equation can provide a reasonable approximation for a good many situations. Changes in length (ft.) = Change in load (lb.) x Length (ft.) Area (in.2) x Modulus of Elasticity (psi)
The modulus of elasticity is given below.
APPROXIMATE MODULUS OF ELASTICITY

(POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH)
ROPE CLASSIFICATION
ZERO THROUGH 20% LOADING
21 TO 65% LOADING*
6 x 7 with fiber core 6 x 19 with fiber core 6 x 36 with fiber core 8 x 19 with fiber core 6 x 19 with IWRC 6 x 36 with IWRC
11,700,000 10,800,000 9,900,000 8,100,000 13,500,000 12,600,000
13,000,000 12,000,000 11,000,000 9,000,000 15,000,000 14,000,000
*Applicable to new rope, i.e., not previously loaded.
6 strand FC 6 strand IWRC 8 strand FC
1/2% - 3/4% 1/4% - 1/2% 3/4% - 1%
*Varies with the magnitude of the loading.

HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
135
General Information
THE REEVING OF TACKLE BLOCKS

In reeving a pair of tackle blocks, one of which has more than two sheaves, the hoisting rope should lead from one of the center sheaves of the upper block. When so reeved, the hoisting strain comes on the center of the blocks and they are prevented from toppling, with consequent injury to the rope by cutting
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3
across the edges of the block shell. To reeve by this method, the two blocks should be placed so that the sheaves in the upper block are at right angles to those in the lower one, as shown in the following illustrations. Start reeving with the becket, or standing end, of the rope.
FIGURE 4
It is good practice to use a shackle block as the upper one of a pair and a hook block as the lower one. A shackle would prevent any accidental disengagement of the block from its attaching point in the event of an unusual movement of the attaching point or block. The lower block having a hook is more readily attached or detached from the load. See Figures 1 through 5.
FIGURE 5
SHEAVE NO. 5
DOUBLE AND DOUBLE
TRIPLE AND DOUBLE
TRIPLE AND TRIPLE
QUADRUPLE AND TRIPLE
SHEAVE NO. 1
SHEAVE NO. 3
VARYING SHEAVE REVOLUTIONS IN A PAIR OF TACKLE BLOCKS

To raise a load one foot, the lower block must be raised one foot, and in accomplishing this, each working rope must be shortened one foot. In the example above, Ropes 1, 2, 3, etc., must be shortened one foot to raise the load one foot. Assuming that the circumference of each sheave is one foot, Sheave No.1 must make one revolution to shorten Rope No. 1; Sheave No. 2 must make one revolution to take up the one foot slack form Rope No. 1 and one additional revolution to shorten Rope No. 2; Sheave No. 3 must make two revolutions to take up the two feet of slack from Ropes 1 and 2 and one additional revolution to shorten Rope No. 3, etc. for each succeeding sheave. Viz: Rope Rope Rope Rope Rope No. No. No. No. No. 1 2 3 4 5 must must must must must travel travel travel travel travel one foot on Sheave No. 1. two feet on Sheave No. 2. three feet on Sheave No. 3. four feet on Sheave No. 4. five feet on Sheave No. 5.
SHEAVE NO. 2 SHEAVE NO. 4
Therefore, all the sheaves in a set of blocks revolve at different rates of speed. Sheave No. 2 rotates twice as fast as No. 1, Sheave No. 3 rotates three times as fast as No.1, Sheave No. 4 four times as fast as No. 1, etc. Consequently the sheaves nearest the lead line, rotating at higher rates of speed, wear out more rapidly. All sheaves should be kept well lubricated when in operation to reduce friction and wear.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
136
Wire Ropes
HOW TO FIGURE LINE PARTS

RATIO FOR BRONZE BUSHED SHEAVES RATIO FOR ANTI-FRICTION BEARING SHEAVES
NUMBER OF PARTS OF LINE
To help figure the number of parts of line to be used for a given load or the line pull required for a given load, the following ratio table is provided with examples of how to use it:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
.96 1.87 2.75 3.59 4.39 5.16 5.90 6.60 7.27 7.91 8.52 9.11 9.68 10.2 10.7 11.2 11.7 12.2 12.6 13.0 13.4 13.8 14.2 14.5
.98 1.94 2.88 3.81 4.71 5.60 6.47 7.32 8.16 8.98 9.79 10.6 11.4 12.1 12.9 13.6 14.3 15.0 15.7 16.4 17.0 17.7 18.3 18.9
1 PART OF LINE
2 PARTS OF LINE
3 PARTS OF LINE
4 PARTS OF LINE
5 PARTS OF LINE
USING THE RATIO TABLE RATIO FORMULA

TOTAL LOAD TO BE LIFTED SINGLE LINE PULL IN POUNDS Example: To find the number of parts of line needed when weight of load and single line pull is established. Sample Problem: 72,480 lbs. (load to be lifted) 8,000 lbs. (single line pull) = 9.06 RATIO Refer to ratio 9.06 in table or number nearest to it, then check column under heading "Number of Parts of Line"... 12 parts of line to be used for this load. = RATIO
Example: To find single line pull needed when weight of load and number of parts of line are established. Sample Problem: 68,000 lbs. (load to be lifted) 6.60 (ratio of 8 part line) = 10,300 lbs. (single line pull) 10,300 lbs. single line pull required to lift this load on 8 parts of line.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
137
General Information
LOADS ON BLOCKS
The Rated Load Values for blocks shown in Crosby Group literature are shown as "Working Loads," "Safe Working Load" and "Resultant Safe Working Load"; and all these terms are defined as the maximum amount of total load that should be exerted on the block and its fitting, the fitting being a hook, shackle, eye, loop, etc. It must be recognized that this total load value MAY BE DIFFERENT than the weight being lifted or pulled by a hoisting or hauling system and, therefore, it is necessary to determine the total load being imposed on each block in the
ANGLE FACTOR ANGLE FACTOR ANGLE
system in order to properly determine the rated capacity block to be used. A single sheave block that is used to change direction of a load line can be subjected to total loads GREATLY DIFFERENT than the weight being lifted or pulled. The amount of total load changes with the angle between the incoming and departing lines to the block. The following chart indicates the factor that is multiplied by the line pull to obtain the total load on the block:
FACTOR
TOTAL LOAD
0 10 20 30 40 45 50
2.00 1.99 1.97 1.93 1.87 1.84 1.81
60 70 80 90 100 110 120
1.73 1.64 1.53 1.41 1.29 1.15 1.00
130 135 140 150 160 170 180
.84 .76 .68 .52 .35 .17 .00
ANGLE
LINE PULL
LINE PULL
Example: A gin pole truck being used to lift a weight of 1,000 lbs.
A
135
50
There is no mechanical advantage to a single part load line system, so, whinch line pull is equal to 1,000 lbs. or the weight being lifted. Total load on snatch block shown as A equals 1,000 lbs. times angle factor for 50. Total load on A = 1,000 x 1.81 = 1,1810 lbs. Total load on toggle block shown as B equals 1,000 lbs. times angle factor for 135. Total load on B = 1,000 x .76 = 760 lbs.
WINCH LINE PULL
1000 LBS
Example: Hoisting system using a traveling block to lift a weight of 1,000 lbs. The mechanical advantage at the traveling block C is 2 because 2 parts of a load line support the 1,000 lbs. weight; so, the line pull equals the 1,000 lbs. divided by 2 or 500 lbs. Total load on traveling block shown as C equals 500 lbs. times angle factor for 0. Total Load on C = 500 x 2.00 = 1,000 lbs. Total load on stationary block shown as D equals the dead end load of 500 lbs. plus the line pull of 500 lbs. times the angle factor for 40. Total Load on E = 500 x .84 = 420 lbs. Total load on block shown as F equals 500 lbs. times the angle factor for 90. Total Load on F = 500 x 1.41 = 705 lbs.
1000 LBS F
50
130
40
0 E C
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
138
General Information
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
Abrasion: The mechanical wearing of surface resulting from frictional contact with materials or objects. Breaking Strength: That total force (lbs. or kg.) at which the sling fails. The total weight strain which can be applied before failure. Usually at five times the rated capacity. Competent Person: A person designated for inspection who is trained, qualified by knowledge and practical experience and the necessary instructions to enable the required test or examination to be carried out. Twin-Path Core: The load bering multiple fibers of polyester, aramids, or K-Spec which, when wound into the seamless tubes, become the load bearing yarns of the sling. If other materials are used, follow the manufacturers recommendations. Twin-Path Cover: The seamless tubes, usually at least two separate and contrasting colors for easier inspection that contain the cores. Covers may be of polyester, Covermax nylon, or aramids depending on the desired finished characteristics of the product. Elongation: The measurement of stretch, expressed as a percentage of the finished length. Fitting: A load bearing metal component which is fitted to the sling. Can be of steel, aluminum or other material that will sustain the rated capacity of the sling. Hitch/Vertical: Hitch/Choker: Hitch/Basket: A method of attachment whereby the sling extends from the crane hook to the load in a straight connection. The sling is passed around the load and back through itself and is connected to the crane hook. The sling then tightens around the load when it is strained. The sling is passed from the crane hook around the load and attached to the crane hook.
Length: The distance between bearing points of the sling. Proof Load Test: A non-destructive load test usually to twice the rated capacity of the sling. Synthetic Fiber: Man-made material used for the cover, the core and the thread of the Twin-Path sling products. Tattle-Tails: Tell-Tails which extend past the tag area of Twin-Path slings. Extension of the load core yarns. When the sling is stretched beyond its elastic limit, they shrink and eventually disappear under the tag. Take out of service if less than 1/2" is exposed. Thread: The synthetic yarn which is used to sew the sling covers and tag and to provide the stitch which separates the individual load cores. Twin-Path: A patented and trademarked product which is composed of two separate load cores and two contrasting color covers.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
139
General Information
DEFINITIONS
Rated Load Value-Rated Capacity: The maximum recommended load that should be exerted on the item. The following terms are also used for the term Rated Load: "SWL," "Safe Working Load," "Working Load," "Working Load Limit," and the "Resultant Safe Working Load." All rated load values, unless noted otherwise, are for inline pull with respect to the centerline of the item. The average load to which an item may be subjected before visual deformation occurs or a load that is applied in the performance of a proof test. A term designating a tensile test applied to the item for the sole purpose of detecting injurious defects in the material or manufacture. The average load at which the item is being tested fails or no longer supports the load. A resulting load from the rapid change of movement, such as impacting or jerking, or a static load. A Shock Load is generally significantly greater than the static load. An industry term denoting theoretical reserve capability. Usually computed dividing the catalog stated ultimate load by the catalog stated working load limit and generally expressed as a ratio, for example: 5 to 1.
Proof Load: Proof Test: Ultimate Load: Shock Load:
Design Factor:
CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS
All ratings shown in this literature are based upon the items being new or "in as new" condition. Catalog ratings are considered to be the greatest load that should be applied to the item; therefore, any shock loading must be considered when selecting the item for use in a system. The products shown in this literature are subject to wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion, deformation, intentional alteration and other usage factors which may necessitate a reduction in the product's Rated Capacity or a reduction in its Design Factor. Therefore, it is recommended that all products be regularly inspected to determine their condition as a basis for deciding if the product may continue to be used at the catalog assigned WL, a reduced WL, a reduced design factor, or removed from service.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
140
Summary
SUMMARY OF COMMON CONVERSIONS

FACTORS
IF YOU KNOW:
inches inches feet yards miles millimeters centimeters meters meters kilometers metric tons U.S. tons kilograms pounds metric tons metric tons Fahrenheit (temp.) Celsius (temp.)
MULTIPLY BY:
25.4 2.54 0.30 0.3711 1.61 .0394 .39 3.28 1.09 .62 1.102 .9072 2.204 .453 2204.62 1000.0 5/9 (after subtracting 32) 9/5 (then add 32)
TO FIND:
millimeters (mm) centimeters (cm) meters (m) meters (m) kilometers (km) inches inches feet yards miles U.S. tons metric tons pounds kilograms pounds kilograms Celsius (temp.) Fahrenheit (temp.)
DECIMAL / METRIC EQUIVALENT TABLE

FRACTION (IN.)
1/16 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1
DECIMAL (IN.)
.0625 .1250 .1875 .2500 .3125 .3750 .4375 .5000 .5625 .6250 .6875 .7500 .8125 .8750 .9375 1.0000
METRIC (MM.)
1.588 3.175 4.762 6.350 7.938 9.525 11.112 12.700 14.288 15.875 17.462 19.050 20.638 22.225 23.812 25.400
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
141
Lift Engineering
FINDING THE HYPOTENUSE To find c (hypotenuse)

c
Given:
a
a2 + b2 = c2 25 = 5
Example: 42 + 32 = c2; 16 + 9 = c2;
LOAD ANGLE FACTORS

5,000 lbs. 5,000 lbs. L
L = LAF (Load Angle Factor) H
Example: 15 = 1.5 (LAF) 10
L x L's share of the load Tension in L = H Tension in L = 15 x 5,000; 10 1.5 x 5,000 Ten. = 7,500 lbs.
10,000 lbs. H = 10' L = 15'
TENSION IN OVERHEAD HOISTS 6 x 3,000 Ten. in A = 2 Ten. in A = 9,000 lbs.
6'
2'
6'
(As load moves, tension changes)

6,000 lbs.
OFF-SET CENTER OF GRAVITY (SHARE OF THE LOAD)

A 3' 7' 10,000 lbs. B
Inverse Proportion To Distance Lift Point A 7 + 3 = 10, = .70 10 .70 x 10,000 = 7,000 lbs. Lift Point B 7 + 3 = 10, = .30 10 .30 x 10,000 = 3,000 lbs.
OFF-LEVEL LIFT POINTS W x D2 x L1 (D2 x H1) + (D1 x H2) W x 1 x L2 (D2 x H1) + (D1 x H2) LEGEND
W L1 L2 H1 H2 D1 D2 = = = = = = = Load Weight Length Leg 1 Length Leg 2 Vertical Height 1 Vertical Height 2 Horizontal Distance 1 Horizontal Distance 2
L1
H1 H2 L2
TL1 =
TL2 =
D1 D2
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
142
Weights of Material
MATERIALS AND LIQUIDS POUNDS/CU. FT. Aluminum Asbestos Asphalt Brass Brick, Soft Brick, Medium Brick, Hard Bronze Coal Concrete, Reinforced Copper Crushed Rock Diesel Dry Earth, Loose Dry Earth, Packed Gasoline Glass 165 153 81 524 100 115 130 534 56 150 556 95 52 75 95 45 16 Granite Iron Casting Lead Limestone Lumber Fir Lumber Oak Lumber RR Ties Marble Oil, Motor Paper Portland Cement, Loose Portland Cement, Set River Sand Rubber Steel Water, Fresh Zinc 96 450 710 95 32 62 50 95 60 58 94 183 120 94 490 63 437
MATERIALS POUNDS/SQ. FT. Steel Plate 1/8" 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 5 10 20 30 40 Aluminum Plate 1/8" 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1.75 3.50 7.00 10.50 14.00
FORMULAS AND INFORMATION H = Height W = Width L = Length d = diameter r = radius (1/2 dia.) = 3.14 (rounded 3.15) [area of a square or rectangle = HW] [Vol of cube = HWL] [Circumference of circle = d] [area of a circle = r2 or the approximate area of a circle = 80% of the dia2 (dia x dia x .80)]
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
143
USA Standard Crane Hand Signals
Use Main Hoist. Tap fist on head; then use regular signals.
Use Whipline. (Auxiliary Hoist). Tap elbow with one hand, then use regular signals.
Raise Boom. Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing upward.
Lower Boom. Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing downward.
Travel. Arm extended forward, hand open and slightly raised, make pushing motion indirection of travel.
Swing. Arm extended, point with finger in direction of swing of boom.
Hoist. With forearm vertical, forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circle.
Lower. With arm extended downward, forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles.
Raise the Boom and Lower the Load. With arm extended, thumb pointing up, flex fingers in and out as long as load movement is desired.
Lower the Boom and Raise the Load. With arm extended, thumb pointing down, flex fingers in and out as load movement is desired.
Travel. (One Track). Lock the track on side indicated by raised fist. Travel opposite track in direction indicated by circular motion of other fist, rotated vertically in front of body. (For crawler cranes only).
Travel. (Both Tracks). Use both fists in front of body, making a circular motion about each other, indicating direction of travel; forward or backward. (For crawler cranes only.)
Additional Signals for Bridge Cranes
Extend Boom. (Telescoping Booms). Both fists in front of body with thumbs pointing outward
Retract Boom. (Telescoping Booms). Both fists in front of body with thumbs pointing toward each other.
Stop. Arm extended, palm down, hold position rigidly.
Emergency Stop. Arm extended, palm down, move hand rapidly right and left.
Bridge Travel. Arm extended forward, hand open and slightly raised, make pushing motion in direction of travel.
Trolley Travel. Palm up, fingers closed, thumb pointing in direction of motion, jerk hand horizontally.
Extend Boom. (Telescoping Boom). One Hand Signal. One fist in front of chest with thumb tapping chest.
Retract Boom. (Telescoping Boom). One Hand Signal. One fist in front of chest, thumb pointing outward and heel of fist tapping chest.
Move Slowly. Use one hand to give any motion signal and place other hand motionless in front of hand giving the motion signal. (Hoist slowly shown as example.)
Dog Everything. Clasp hands in front of body.
Multiple Trolleys. Hold up one finger for block marked "1" and two fingers for block marked "2". Regular signals follow.
Magnet is Disconnected. Crane Operator spreads both hands apart palms up.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
www.hanessupply.com
144
FOUR LOCATIONS & THE WEB TO SERVICE YOUR NEEDS!

Our Headquarters is located in Buffalo, New York
BUFFALO/WESTERN NY/NORTHERN PA
55 James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE
716-826-2636
FAX
716-826-4412
Our Newest Location is located near Albany, NY, opened June 2004 and is intended to help service the Albany & New England Regions
ALBANY/EASTERN NY/NEW ENGLAND

156 Railroad Avenue Colonie, NY 12205
FAX PHONE
518-438-0139
518-428-5343
Our Rochester Location was established in June 1993 to accommodate our expanding cliental
ROCHESTER/CENTRAL NEW YORK

10 Cairn Street Rochester, NY 14611
FAX PHONE
585-235-0160
585-235-0229
CCISCO/Coastal Construction Industrial Supply Company, was acquired in September 1996 to service the South
MYRTLE BEACH/SOUTH-EAST COAST

1020 Shine Avenue Myrtle Beach, SC 29577
PHONE
843-238-1338
FAX
843-238-8337
Our web-site serves as a store and as an informative Rigging & Wire Rope resource
www.hanessupply.com
One of the foremost leaders in the industry Specializing in Lifting Solutions Manufacturer of Slingmax, Wire Rope, Chain & Nylon Slings Complete Contractor & Industrial Supplier 55 James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, New York 14206-2361 U.S.A. PHONE 716-826-2636 FAX 716-826-4412
www.hanessupply.com
$5.95 US Dollars Printed in Canada

RiggersPDF 200406 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RiggersPDF 200406 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RiggersPDF 200406 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This Riggers Handbook is dedicated to Theodore C. Hanes, the founder of Hanes Supply. Ted left us on August 11, 1997.

HANES SUPPLY HAS COMPLETE TESTING

Hanes Supply Test Bed

James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206

James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206

Innovative Lifting Solutions

TWIN-PATH POLYESTER SLINGS WITH COVERMAX

TWIN-PATH EXTRA SLINGS WITH COVERMAX AND K-SPEC CORE YARN

TWIN-PATH POLYESTER SLINGS

TWIN-PATH TWO LEG BRIDLES

TWIN-PATH EXTRA SLINGS WITH K-SPEC

TWIN-PATH EYE & EYE SYNTHETIC SLING

James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206

PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412

Innovative Lifting Solutions

TWIN-PATH ADJUSTABLE BRIDLE SLING

FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION OPTION

TRI-FLEX WIRE ROPE

James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206

Innovative Lifting Solutions

TRI-FLEX SLING SYSTEM

T & D ULTRA-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLING

GATOR-FLEX NINE PART GROMMETS

TWIN-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLINGS

GATOR-LAID WIRE ROPE SLING

CHAIN SLING SADDLE RING

GATOR-FLEX WIRE ROPE SLING

James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206

PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412

TWIN-PATH SLINGS IN CONSTRUCTION

517 ton Bridge Retrofit

440 ton Gas Plant Vessel

80 ton Concrete Pilings 100 ton Airport Walkway Section

James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206

PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412

Twin Path Extra Covermax Slings

TWIN-PATH EXTRA SLING WITH COVERMAX AND K-SPEC CORE YARN

TPXC This is the world's first truly ergonomic sling. It has

TWIN-PATH EXTRA COVERMAX SPECIFICATIONS

RATED CAPACITIES (LBS.) 5-1 D/F

Canadian Patent #1,280,458

TWIN-PATH EXTRA COVERMAX STOCK NO.

APPROXIMATE WEIGHT (LBS. PER FT.)

APPROXIMATE BODY WIDTH (IN.)

DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY

James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206

Twin-Path Covermax Slings (Polyester) Fiber Optic Inspection (All Slings)

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

TWIN-PATH POLYESTER SLINGS WITH COVERMAX SPECIFICATIONS

APPROXIMATE WEIGHT (LBS. PER FT.)

APPROXIMATE BODY WIDTH (IN.)

DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY

FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION FOR ALL TWIN-PATH SLINGS

James E. Casey Drive Buffalo, NY 14206

PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412

Twin-Path Two Leg Bridles

TWIN-PATH TWO LEG BRIDLES

TL Simply the lightest and strongest synthetic bridles in the

TWIN-PATH TWO LEG BRIDLES